WO2022052851A1 - Quality of service (qos) monitoring method - Google Patents

Quality of service (qos) monitoring method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022052851A1
WO2022052851A1 PCT/CN2021/116152 CN2021116152W WO2022052851A1 WO 2022052851 A1 WO2022052851 A1 WO 2022052851A1 CN 2021116152 W CN2021116152 W CN 2021116152W WO 2022052851 A1 WO2022052851 A1 WO 2022052851A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
channel
qos
communication device
information
relay
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/116152
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
邢玮俊
吴问付
张迪
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022052851A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022052851A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for monitoring quality of service (QoS).
  • QoS quality of service
  • UE can directly establish a communication link without forwarding communication through the base station.
  • a remote UE can establish a connection with a radio access network (RAN) through a relay device.
  • RAN radio access network
  • two UEs A connection can be established through a relay device, and the relay device forwards the respective communication data for the two UEs through the PC5 interface.
  • a remote UE connects to a network device or a target UE through a relay device
  • there will be two communication links that is, the communication link between the remote UE and the relay device, and the communication link between the relay device and the base station RAN or UE.
  • the data flow of the two links is transmitted based on QoS flow.
  • the base station RAN or the target UE can monitor the communication quality of the communication link between the relay device and the target UE.
  • the core network element SMF can be notified to change the corresponding QoS parameters, or the QoS parameters between the target UE and the relay UE can be changed.
  • the base station RAN or the target UE cannot perceive the communication quality of the link between the relay device and the remote UE.
  • the communication quality between the relay device and the remote UE changes, for example, the base station or the target UE obtains The communication quality between it and the relay device meets the requirements, but the communication quality between the relay device and the remote UE does not meet the transmission requirements, because the base station RAN or the target UE cannot obtain the communication quality in another link.
  • the network device or the target UE cannot adjust the corresponding QoS parameters according to the changes, so that the end-to-end QoS requirements cannot be guaranteed.
  • the present application provides a monitoring method for quality of service (QoS), which monitors the communication quality between the relay UE or the remote UE during the communication process, and sends first information when the communication quality does not meet a preset condition, so that the The network device or the target UE can learn that the communication quality between the current remote UE and the relay UE does not meet the preset condition according to the first information, so that the corresponding QoS parameters can be adjusted according to the change, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirement.
  • QoS quality of service
  • a method for monitoring quality of service comprising: a first communication device acquiring a first mapping relationship between a QoS parameter and identification information of a first channel, where the first channel is used in a relay device data is transmitted between the terminal device and the terminal device; the first communication device monitors the QoS parameter of the first channel; when the first communication device determines that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet the preset condition, Send first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device or a relay device.
  • the relay UE or the remote UE monitors the communication quality between the two during the communication process, and sends the first information when the communication quality does not meet the preset condition, so that the network device or the target UE can know the current state according to the first information.
  • the communication quality between the remote UE and the relay UE does not meet the preset conditions, so that the corresponding QoS parameters can be adjusted according to the changing situation, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the identification information of the first channel may be the identification information of the channel corresponding to the QoS flow to be monitored.
  • the QoS flow to be monitored may be a GBR QoS flow or a delay-critical GBR QoS flow.
  • the first channel includes: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link between the relay device and the terminal device RLC channel.
  • the relay device or the remote UE can monitor the communication quality of the first channel.
  • the above-mentioned SLRB or RLC is an identifier corresponding to the QoS flow to be monitored.
  • the QoS flow to be monitored may be a GBR QoS flow or a delay-critical GBR QoS flow.
  • the acquiring the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the first communication device receiving the first mapping from the base station relation.
  • the above-mentioned QoS parameters and the identification information of the first channel may be sent by the base station to the first communication device after being configured for them.
  • the first communication device can monitor the communication quality between the remote UE and the relay device according to the mapping relationship, and monitor the communication quality between the remote UE and the relay device.
  • a message can be sent to inform the base station or the target UE that the communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, so that the base station or the target UE can obtain the situation that the above-mentioned communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, and correspondingly Change the QoS parameters, and then ensure the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the acquiring the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the first communication device receiving the second channel from the base station The second mapping relationship between the identification information of the QoS parameter and the QoS parameter, the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station; the first communication device allocates the second channel to the second channel. A channel; the first communication device establishes the first mapping relationship.
  • the first communication device may also complete the mapping relationship between the above-mentioned QoS parameters and the identification information of the first channel by itself. Therefore, the first communication device can monitor the communication quality between the remote UE and the relay device according to the above mapping relationship, and when the communication quality between them does not meet the preset condition, can send a message to inform the base station or the target UE, The communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, so that the base station or the target UE can obtain the situation that the communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, and correspondingly change the QoS parameters, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the first information includes an identifier of the second channel.
  • the base station can learn the identification information of the channel that does not meet the preset conditions, so as to change the corresponding QoS parameters, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
  • the sending the first information includes: the first communication device sending the first information to the base station.
  • the base station can obtain the communication quality between the relay UE and the remote UE, and when the above-mentioned communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, change the corresponding QoS parameters, thereby ensuring that the terminal End-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the acquiring the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the first communication device receiving the A first mapping relationship between QoS parameters and identification information of a QoS flow; the first communication device allocates the first channel for the identification information of the QoS flow; the first communication device establishes the first mapping relationship.
  • the first communication device (for example, it can be the target UE, which can be understood as the role of the remote UE in the UE-to-network scenario) passes through the slave terminal device (for example, the role of the remote UE in the UE-to-network scenario).
  • the slave terminal device for example, the role of the remote UE in the UE-to-network scenario.
  • It can be the source UE.
  • the source UE here can be understood as the role of the base station in the UE-to-network scenario) to obtain the first mapping relationship including the QoS flow, and assign the first channel to the QoS flow.
  • a communication device can monitor the communication quality between the target UE and the relay device according to the above-mentioned first mapping relationship, and when the communication quality between them does not meet the preset condition, it can send a message to inform the source UE that the communication quality is not good.
  • the preset conditions are met, so that the source UE can obtain the situation that the above-mentioned communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, and change the QoS parameters accordingly, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the sending the first information includes: the first communication device sending the first information to the terminal device.
  • the first communication device can send the monitored communication quality to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can obtain the communication quality of the PC5 link, and make corresponding changes according to the communication quality. Change the QoS parameters, and then ensure the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the first communication device is the relay device.
  • the relay device monitors the communication quality of the PC5 link between the relay device and the remote UE during the communication process, and sends a message to the base station or the target UE when the communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, so that the base station or the target UE
  • the communication quality of the PC5 link can be known, and the corresponding QoS parameters can be changed when it does not meet the preset conditions, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the first channel includes a QoS flow.
  • the first communication device may also receive the identification information of the QoS flow, and monitor the QoS parameters of the QoS flow based on the identification information of the QoS flow.
  • the method further includes: acquiring, by the first communication device, indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to monitor the first communication device.
  • the QoS parameters of the channel are used to instruct the first communication device to monitor the first communication device.
  • the first communication device may spontaneously monitor the QoS parameters corresponding to the identification of the QoS flow, or alternatively, the first communication device may also receive the indication information, according to The indication of the indication information is to monitor the QoS parameters corresponding to the identifier of the QoS flow.
  • the first communication device is the terminal device, and the first channel includes a QoS flow, and the acquiring QoS parameters and identification information of the first channel
  • the first mapping relationship includes: the first communication device receives the first mapping relationship from the base station or the opposite terminal device, wherein the first communication device communicates with the opposite terminal device through the relay device to communicate.
  • the terminal device can monitor the communication quality of the PC5 link, and send a message to the base station or target when the communication quality does not meet the preset conditions.
  • the UE enables the base station or the target UE to know the communication quality of the PC5 link, and changes the corresponding QoS parameters when it does not meet the preset conditions, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the first information further includes identification information of the first channel.
  • the receiving end can learn the channel information that does not meet the preset conditions, so that the subsequent QoS parameter modification process can be further initiated, thereby ensuring end-to-end communication.
  • the sending the first information includes: the first communication device sends the first information to the base station, or the first communication device sends the first information to the base station The opposite terminal device sends the first information.
  • the base station can learn that the PC5 link does not meet the preset conditions, so that the base station can change the corresponding QoS parameters, thereby ensuring end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the first information includes a value of the QoS parameter of the first channel when the preset condition is not satisfied.
  • the first communication device when it finds that the communication quality of the first channel does not meet the preset condition in the process of monitoring the communication quality of the first channel, it may send information that does not meet the preset condition to the base station or the target UE,
  • the modified QoS parameter value is carried in the above information.
  • the QoS parameter includes optional QoS configuration AQP information.
  • the QoS parameter includes first optional QoS configuration AQP information
  • the first communication device determining that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition includes: the first communication device determining the The QoS configuration corresponding to the first AQP information of the first channel cannot be satisfied; the method further includes: selecting, by the first communication device, second AQP information, which corresponds to the second AQP information of the first channel QoS configuration can be satisfied.
  • the first communication device when the first communication device monitors that the communication quality of the first channel does not meet the preset condition during the monitoring process, if the first communication device has acquired the AQP configuration, the first communication device can Configuration, determine the AQP that satisfies the preset conditions.
  • the first information includes second AQP information
  • the second AQP information is used to request configuration according to the second AQP information, or used to indicate that configuration has been performed according to the second AQP information.
  • the sending the first information includes: sending, by the first communication device, a first message, the first message including the first information, the first A message is used to instruct to change the QoS configuration of the first channel.
  • the first communication device may send a message for instructing to change the QoS configuration of the first channel, so that the base station or the target UE can change the corresponding QoS parameters, and then End-to-end QoS requirements are guaranteed.
  • a method for monitoring quality of service comprising: a second communication device sending a first mapping relationship between a QoS parameter and identification information of a first channel, where the first channel is used in a relay device data is transmitted between the terminal device and the second communication device; the second communication device receives first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the communication device can monitor the communication quality between the relay device and the terminal device according to the above mapping relationship, and further, according to the received data that does not meet the predetermined By setting the information of the conditioned channel, the second communication device can correspondingly change the QoS parameter corresponding to the channel, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirement.
  • mapping relationship is a mapping relationship corresponding to the QoS flow to be monitored, wherein the QoS flow to be monitored may be a GBR QoS flow or a delay-critical GBR QoS flow.
  • the first channel includes: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link between the relay device and the terminal device RLC channel.
  • the relay device or the remote UE can monitor the communication quality of the first channel.
  • the method before the second communication device sends the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel, the method further includes: the second communication The device acquires identification information of a second channel, and the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station; the second communication device allocates the first channel to the second channel; The second communication device establishes the first mapping relationship.
  • the second communication device may be a base station.
  • the base station may map the identifier of the second channel to the first channel, and send the identifier of the first channel, so that the terminal device or the relay device can identify the channel according to the identifier of the first channel. Monitor the communication quality, and send a message when the communication quality corresponding to the first channel does not meet the preset conditions to inform the second communication device, so that the second communication device can correspondingly change the QoS parameters of the first channel, thereby ensuring that End-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
  • the receiving, by the second communication device, the first information includes: the second communication device receiving the first information from the relay device.
  • the first mapping relationship sent in this embodiment of the present application may be sent to the relay device, so that the relay device can monitor the quality of the channel between the relay device and the terminal device. Further, when the quality corresponding to the first channel does not meet the predetermined requirements When the conditions are set, the second communication device can be informed, so that the second communication device can correspondingly change the QoS parameters of the first channel, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the first channel includes a QoS flow.
  • the second communication device can send the identification information including the QoS flow, so that the terminal device can monitor according to the QoS flow, and further, when the QoS parameter corresponding to the QoS flow When the preset condition is not met, the second communication device can be notified, so that the second communication device can correspondingly change the QoS parameter of the first channel, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirement.
  • the receiving, by the second communication device, the first information includes: receiving, by the second communication device, the first information received from the terminal device or the relay device. information.
  • the second communication device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to monitor the first channel of the QoS parameters.
  • the first communication device can monitor the QoS parameters of the first channel, and further, the first communication device can send the monitoring result to the second communication device, so that the second communication device can monitor the QoS parameters of the first channel based on the first communication device.
  • the channel quality of the channel changes the corresponding QoS parameters, thus ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • a method for monitoring quality of service comprising: a third communication device sending a second mapping relationship between a QoS parameter and identification information of a second channel, where the second channel is used between the relay device and the base station data is transmitted between them; the third communication device receives first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the second channel does not meet a preset condition.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the third communication device can be a base station, and the third communication device can send the second mapping relationship, so that the relay device can monitor the QoS parameters of the second channel according to the second mapping relationship, and When the QoS parameter does not meet the preset condition, the third communication device is notified, so that the third communication device can correspondingly change the QoS parameter corresponding to the second channel, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirement.
  • the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
  • the receiving, by the third communication device, the first information includes: the third communication device receiving the first information from the relay device.
  • the third communication device is the base station.
  • a monitoring device for quality of service comprising: a first acquisition module configured to acquire a first mapping relationship between a QoS parameter and identification information of a first channel, where the first channel is used for data is transmitted between a relay device and a terminal device; a first processing module is configured to monitor the QoS parameter of the first channel; the first processing module is further configured to: determine the QoS of the first channel The parameter does not meet the preset condition, and the first sending module is configured to send first information when the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet the preset condition, where the first information is used to indicate the first channel The QoS parameter does not meet the preset condition.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the first channel includes: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link between the relay device and the terminal device RLC channel.
  • the first obtaining module is specifically configured to: receive the first mapping relationship from the base station.
  • the first obtaining module is specifically configured to: receive the second mapping relationship between the identification information of the second channel of the base station and the QoS parameter, so The second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station; the first processing module is further configured to: allocate the first channel to the second channel; and establish the first mapping relationship.
  • the first information includes an identifier of the second channel.
  • the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
  • the first sending module is specifically configured to: send the first information to the base station.
  • the first obtaining module is specifically configured to: receive the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the QoS flow from the terminal device;
  • the first processing module is further configured to: allocate the first channel for the identification information of the QoS flow; and establish the first mapping relationship.
  • the first sending module is specifically configured to: send the first information to the terminal device.
  • the apparatus is the relay device.
  • the first channel includes a QoS flow.
  • the first obtaining module is further configured to: obtain indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the apparatus to monitor the QoS of the first channel parameter.
  • the apparatus is the terminal device, and the first obtaining module is specifically configured to: receive the first mapping relationship from the base station or the opposite terminal device , wherein the apparatus communicates with the opposite terminal device through the relay device.
  • the first information further includes identification information of the first channel.
  • the first sending module is specifically configured to: send the first information to the base station, or send the first information to the opposite terminal device .
  • the first information includes a value of the QoS parameter of the first channel when the preset condition is not satisfied.
  • the QoS parameters include optional QoS configuration AQP information.
  • the QoS parameter includes first optional QoS configuration AQP information
  • the first processing module is specifically configured to: the first communication device determines the QoS corresponding to the first AQP information of the first channel The configuration cannot be satisfied; the first processing module is further configured to: select second AQP information, and the QoS configuration corresponding to the second AQP information of the first channel can be satisfied.
  • the first information includes the second AQP information, where the second AQP information is used to request configuration according to the second AQP information, or used to indicate that configuration has been performed according to the second AQP information .
  • the first sending module is specifically configured to: send a first message, where the first message includes the first information, and the first message is used for Instruct to change the QoS configuration of the first channel.
  • a fifth aspect provides a monitoring device for quality of service (QoS), the device comprising: a second sending module configured to send a first mapping relationship between a QoS parameter and identification information of a first channel, where the first channel is used for data is transmitted between the relay device and the terminal device; the second receiving module is configured to receive first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the first channel includes: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link between the relay device and the terminal device RLC channel.
  • the apparatus further includes: a second acquisition module, configured to acquire identification information of a second channel, where the second channel is used in the relay device data is transmitted between the base station and the base station; a second processing module is configured to allocate the first channel to the second channel; the second processing module is further configured to: establish the first mapping relationship.
  • the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
  • the second receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the first information from the relay device.
  • the first channel includes a QoS flow.
  • the second receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the first information from the terminal device or the relay device.
  • the second sending module is further configured to: send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to monitor the the QoS parameter of the first channel.
  • a monitoring device for quality of service comprising: a third sending module configured to send a second mapping relationship between QoS parameters and identification information of a second channel, where the second channel is used for data is transmitted between the relay device and the base station; and a third receiving module is configured to receive first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the second channel does not meet a preset condition.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
  • the third receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the first information from the relay device.
  • the apparatus is the base station.
  • a communication device in a seventh aspect, has the function of implementing the methods described in the above aspects. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • a communication device comprising: a processor; the processor is configured to be coupled with a memory, and used to call and run a computer program from the memory, so as to execute the above-mentioned aspects or any possible possibilities of the various aspects. method in the implementation.
  • a communication device including a processor and a memory, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the above aspects or each A method in any possible implementation of an aspect.
  • an apparatus eg, the apparatus may be a system-on-a-chip
  • the apparatus including a processor for supporting the communication apparatus to implement the functions involved in the above aspects.
  • the device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the communication device.
  • the device When the device is a system-on-chip, it may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing a method as described above in each aspect or in any possible implementation of each aspect.
  • a computer program product comprising a computer program which, when run on a computer device, causes the computer device to perform the method as described in the various aspects above.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of 5G ProSe communication.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a user plane protocol stack of a UE-to-Network layer 2 relay.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a user plane protocol stack of a UE-to-UE layer 2 relay.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a monitoring method for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another monitoring method for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another monitoring method for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a quality of service QoS monitoring according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another quality of service QoS monitoring according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another quality of service QoS monitoring according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another quality of service QoS monitoring according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another quality of service QoS monitoring according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another device for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another monitoring apparatus for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • long term evolution long term evolution
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present application is applied.
  • the network architecture includes a terminal device, an access network device, an access management network element, a session management network element, a user plane network element, and a policy Control network element, network slice selection network element, network warehouse function network element, network data analysis network element, unified data management network element, unified data storage network element, authentication service function network element, network capability opening network element, application function network element , and the data network (DN) connecting the operator's network.
  • the terminal equipment can send service data to the data network and receive service data from the data network through the access network equipment and user plane network elements.
  • the terminal device is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as Aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.
  • the terminal equipment can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal equipment can be a mobile phone (mobile phone) ), tablet computer (Pad), computer with wireless transceiver function, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device, virtual reality (VR) terminal device, augmented reality (AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation security ( Wireless terminals in transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • Terminal devices may also be called For user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station, remote station, etc., the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology, device form, and name used by the terminal device.
  • An access network device is a device in the network that is used to connect a terminal device to a wireless network.
  • the access network device may be a node in a radio access network, and may also be referred to as a base station, and may also be referred to as a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node (or device).
  • RAN radio access network
  • the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), such as traditional Macro base station eNB and micro base station eNB in heterogeneous network scenarios, or may also include the next generation node B (next generation node B) in the fifth generation mobile communication technology (5th generation, 5G) new radio (new radio, NR) system , gNB), or may also include radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS) , transmission reception point (TRP), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (base band unit, BBU), baseband pool BBU pool, or WiFi access point ( access point, AP), etc
  • CU supports radio resource control (RRC), packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation) protocol, SDAP) and other protocols;
  • DU mainly supports radio link control layer (radio link control, RLC), media access control layer (media access control, MAC) and physical layer protocols.
  • the access management network element is mainly used for terminal attachment, mobility management, and tracking area update procedures in the mobile network.
  • the access management network element terminates non-access stratum (NAS) messages, completes registration management, Connection management and reachability management, allocation of track area list (TA list) and mobility management, etc., and transparent routing of session management (SM) messages to session management network elements.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • TA list allocation of track area list
  • SM session management
  • the access management network element can be an access and mobility management function (AMF).
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the mobility management network element may still be the AMF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the session management network element is mainly used for session management in the mobile network, such as session establishment, modification and release. Specific functions include allocating Internet Protocol (IP) addresses to terminals, and selecting user plane network elements that provide packet forwarding functions.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the session management network element may be a session management function (SMF).
  • SMF session management function
  • the session management network element may still be an SMF network element, or it may be With other names, this application is not limited.
  • User plane NEs are mainly used to process user packets, such as forwarding, accounting, and lawful interception.
  • the user plane network element may also be referred to as a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session anchor (PDU session anchor, PSA).
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • PSA protocol data unit
  • the user plane network element may be a user plane function (UPF).
  • UPF user plane function
  • the user plane network element may still be a UPF network element, or it may be With other names, this application is not limited.
  • Policy control network element including user subscription data management function, policy control function, charging policy control function, quality of service (quality of service, QoS) control, etc.
  • the policy control network element may be a policy control function (PCF).
  • PCF policy control function
  • the policy control network element may still be a PCF network element, or it may be With other names, this application is not limited.
  • the network slice selection function network element is mainly used to select the appropriate network slice for the service of the terminal device.
  • the network slice selection network element may be the network slice selection function (NSSF) network element.
  • the network slice selection network element may still be the NSSF network element.
  • the network element may also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network warehouse function network element is mainly used to provide the registration and discovery functions of the network element or the services provided by the network element.
  • the network repository function network element may be a network repository function (NRF).
  • NRF network repository function
  • future communication systems such as a 6G communication system
  • the network repository function network element may still be an NRF network element, or It can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • Network data analysis network elements can be analyzed from various network functions (network functions, NF), such as policy control network elements, session management network elements, user plane network elements, access management network elements, and application function network elements (through the network capability opening function). network elements) to collect data and make analysis and predictions.
  • network functions such as policy control network elements, session management network elements, user plane network elements, access management network elements, and application function network elements (through the network capability opening function). network elements) to collect data and make analysis and predictions.
  • the network data analysis network element may be the network data analysis function (NWDAF).
  • NWDAF network data analysis function
  • the network data analysis network element may still be the NWDAF network element. , or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the unified data management network element is mainly used to manage the subscription information of terminal equipment.
  • the unified data management network element may be a unified data management (UDM), and in a future communication system (such as a 6G communication system), the unified data management network element may still be a UDM network element, or It can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • UDM unified data management
  • the unified data storage network element is mainly used to store structured data information, including subscription information, policy information, and network data or service data defined in a standard format.
  • the unified data storage network element may be a unified data repository (UDR).
  • the unified data storage network element may still be a UDR network element, or It can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • the authentication service function network element is mainly used to perform security authentication on terminal equipment.
  • the authentication service function network element may be an authentication server function (AUSF).
  • AUSF authentication server function
  • the authentication service function network element may still be an AUSF network element, or It can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network capability exposure network element can expose some functions of the network to applications in a controlled manner.
  • the network capability exposure network element may be the network capability exposure function (NEF).
  • the network capability exposure network element may still be the NEF network element. Alternatively, it may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the application function network element can provide service data of various applications to the control plane network element of the operator's communication network, or obtain network data information and control information from the control plane network element of the communication network.
  • the application function network element may be an application function (AF), and in the future communication system (such as a 6G communication system), the application function network element may still be the AF network element, or may also have other The name is not limited in this application.
  • the data network is mainly used to provide data transmission services for terminal equipment.
  • the data network can be a private network, such as a local area network, or a public data network (PDN) network, such as the Internet (Internet), or a private network jointly deployed by operators, such as a configured IP multimedia network sub-network.
  • PDN public data network
  • IMS IP multimedia core network subsystem
  • network elements or functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
  • a platform eg, a cloud platform
  • the foregoing network element or function may be implemented by one device, or may be implemented jointly by multiple devices, or may be a functional module in one device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Proximity-based Services (ProSe) communication is introduced into the cellular communication network. communication link, instead of forwarding the communication through the base station.
  • ProSe Proximity-based Services
  • the communication between UE A, UE B and NG-RAN can be regarded as a communication connection under the architecture of UE-to-Network Relay
  • the remote UE ie UE B
  • RAN radio access network
  • UE A, UE B and UE C can be regarded as the UE-to-UE Relay
  • UE B acts as a relay device (relay UE) between UE C and UE A, and forwards their respective signaling and data for the two UEs through the PC5 interface, wherein UE C is provided with ProSe communication.
  • UE A can be called the source UE, and UE C that accepts ProSe communication can be called the target UE (or the peer UE called UEA). It can be understood that the source UE and the target UE are the UE-to-UE relay.
  • the UEs in the architecture are distinguished, the source UE and the target UE can be interchanged, and the two can send data to each other.
  • FIG. 2 shows the user plane protocol stack of the UE-to-network protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session transmission implemented using layer 2 relay in the UE-to-Network scenario.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the remote UE is directly connected to the PDU layer of the data network, and it can be understood that the data in the application data packet is directly encoded, decoded and transmitted between the two.
  • the data in the PDU layer is encapsulated once in a new radio-service data adaptation protocol (NR-SDAP) layer below the PDU layer of the remote UE.
  • NR-SDAP new radio-service data adaptation protocol
  • the NR-SDAP layer will correspond to the bearer used for physical layer transmission according to the QoS parameters (QoS flow) of the data packet, that is, after encapsulation, the lower layer of the SDAP layer, that is, the packet data convergence layer protocol (packet data convergence layer protocol).
  • the PDCP layer transmits the data packet on the radio bearer (RB) corresponding to the QoS flow according to the QoS flow allocated by SDAP.
  • RB radio bearer
  • the NR-SDAP and NR-PDCP protocols are the communication protocols used by the Uu interface.
  • the remote UE is directly connected to the PDCP and SDAP of the NG-RAN (the SDAP layer in the figure omits the connection, but the same protocol layer name is actually connected, such as the PC5-
  • the RLC and the PC5-RLC of the relay are correspondingly connected, and the NR-RLC of the relay is correspondingly connected to the new air interface-radio link control (NR-radio link control, NR-RLC) layer of the NG-RAN, and so on.
  • the relay forwarding function can only perform codec forwarding operations on the PC5 interface and the Uu interface data below the PDCP layer.
  • the gNB needs to maintain the binding relationship between the remote UE and the relay at the same time, because when the gNB receives the data packet of the remote UE forwarded by the relay, the information of the relay is below the RLC layer of the data packet, and the information above the PDCP layer is It is the information of the remote UE.
  • the gNB needs to inform the relay UE of the radio resources of the Uu interface and the PC5 interface.
  • Figure 3 shows the user plane protocol stack using layer 2 relay in a UE-to-UE scenario.
  • the difference from FIG. 2 is that the data network here is the source UE.
  • the specific principle is similar to that in FIG. 2 , and details are not described here in this embodiment of the present application.
  • a remote UE may use different applications (or services) in a PDU session, and the quality of service (quality of service) required by different applications (or services) of service, QoS) parameters are different, for example, video services need high bandwidth, while voice communication needs to ensure reliable low latency. Therefore, SMF will establish different QoS flows (QoS flows) for the QoS requirements of different services according to the communication requirements of the remote UE, and each QoS flow is identified by a QoS flow identifier (QFI).
  • QoS flows QoS flows
  • the QoS requirements corresponding to the same QoS flow are the same, and these requirements can be quantified by QoS parameters, such as delay, bandwidth, and packet loss rate.
  • QoS parameters such as delay, bandwidth, and packet loss rate.
  • the 3GPP standard combines indicators such as delay, packet loss rate, and packet processing priority with a standardized identifier, namely 5QI (5G QoS Identifier).
  • the QoS parameters corresponding to each QoS Flow also include allocation and retention priority (ARP), flow bit rate (for bandwidth guarantee (guaranteed flow bit rate) , GBR) QoS Flow, including guaranteed rate and maximum rate), flow sum rate (for QoS Flow that does not require bandwidth guarantee (non-guaranteed flow bit rate, Non-GBR)) and so on.
  • ARP allocation and retention priority
  • flow bit rate for bandwidth guarantee (guaranteed flow bit rate)
  • GBR bandwidth guarantee
  • GBR guaranteed rate and maximum rate
  • flow sum rate for QoS Flow that does not require bandwidth guarantee (non-guaranteed flow bit rate, Non-GBR)
  • the QFI used by the downlink data in the PDU session and its corresponding QoS parameters are sent to the base station (eg gNB) through the N2 message, and the QFI used for the downlink data in the PDU session is sent to the base station (eg gNB) through the N4 interface (between the control plane SMF and the user plane network element) interface) is configured to the UPF, thereby opening the downlink data transmission link from the DN to the base station.
  • the uplink data sending rule (QoS rule) used by the UE and the corresponding QoS parameters are sent to the UE by the SMF through the N1 message.
  • the base station can allocate radio resources to the UE for transmitting different QoS flows according to the QoS parameters.
  • SMF can also instruct the base station to monitor the channel quality between the UE and the base station. When the channel quality between the UE and the base station does not meet the QoS requirements, it can notify the SMF to adjust the corresponding QoS parameters.
  • the base station needs to judge whether the radio resources on the wireless side can guarantee the bandwidth requirement corresponding to the GBR QoS Flow according to the channel quality between the UE and the base station .
  • the base station detects that the quality of the wireless air interface cannot guarantee the GBR requirement, the base station needs to notify the SMF to change the corresponding GBR QoS requirement.
  • the AMF sends the information in the N2 SM (session management, session management) container to the base station, and the N2 SM information may include: PDU session identifier, QoS configuration information (QFI and its corresponding QoS parameters).
  • the SMF can also add a notification control indication to the QoS configuration to instruct the RAN side base station to monitor the QoS flow.
  • the bit rate (guaranteed flow bit rate, GFBR)
  • notification (alarm) information needs to be sent to the SMF.
  • the base station can attach the currently supported GFBR value, as well as the supported packet delay budget (Packet Delay Budget, PDB) and packet error rate (Packet Error Rate, PER).
  • the N2 SM information may also include an optional QoS profile (alternative QoS profile, AQP).
  • 5QI 5G QoS Identifier, 5G QoS indicator
  • QoS parameters such as PDB and PER.
  • PDB the default priority
  • PER the default average window
  • 2000ms the default average window
  • SMF the base station AQP
  • the base station sends an N2 message to the SMF, which includes QFI and AQP information that can be satisfied (eg AQP 2).
  • PC5 QoS flow indicator PC5 QoS flow indicator
  • the base station can detect the link quality between the base station and the UE, when the link quality between the base station and the UE does not meet the communication requirements, the base station can notify the SMF to change the QoS parameters.
  • the base station or the core network element SMF cannot know the link quality of the PC5 link between the remote UE and the relay UE. Therefore, When the link quality of the PC5 link between the remote UE and the relay UE cannot guarantee the GBR QoS requirements, the base station cannot notify the SMF to adjust the corresponding QoS parameters, so that the end-to-end QoS requirements cannot be guaranteed.
  • the source UE cannot perceive the link quality of the PC5 link between the relay UE and the target UE, so when the link quality between the relay UE and the target UE changes , and the corresponding QoS parameters cannot be adjusted, so that the end-to-end QoS requirements cannot be guaranteed.
  • the present application provides a monitoring method for quality of service (QoS), in the UE-to-network scenario, the relay UE or the remote UE can monitor the previous communication quality, and when the monitoring result does not meet the preset conditions Send a message, so that the network device can obtain the link quality change of the communication link between the remote UE and the relay device during the communication process, so that the link quality of the link between the remote UE and the relay UE can be changed.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the corresponding QoS parameters are changed to ensure the end-to-end QoS requirements; or, in the UE-to-UE scenario, the relay UE or the target UE can monitor the communication quality between them, And send a message when the monitoring result does not meet the preset conditions, so that the source UE can obtain the link quality change of the communication link between the target UE and the relay device during the communication process, so that the target UE and the relay UE can be detected.
  • the link quality of the links between them does not meet the transmission requirements, the corresponding QoS parameters are changed, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a monitoring method for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4 , the method includes S410 to S430, and these steps will be described in detail below.
  • the first communication device acquires a first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel, where the first channel is used for data transmission between the relay device and the terminal device.
  • the first communication device in this embodiment of the present application may be the relay device.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied in a UE-to-Network scenario.
  • the first channel may include: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link RLC channel between the relay device and the terminal device.
  • the above-mentioned first channel may correspond to a QoS flow to be monitored, wherein the QoS flow to be monitored may be a GBR QoS flow or a delay-critical GBR QoS flow (delay-critical GBR QoS Flow).
  • the N2 message sent by the SMF to the base station may include the Uu interface QoS configuration information and the corresponding QFI that the remote UE needs to use in the PDU session.
  • the QoS configuration information may include specific Uu QoS parameters (that is, 5QI) and the corresponding QFI.
  • the base station needs to map the QFI to a data resource bearer (DRB) and allocate it to the relay UE for the medium Following the Uu interface communication between the UE and the base station.
  • DRB data resource bearer
  • the base station maps all QFIs to one or more DRBs at the SDAP layer, and the specific mapping manner is not limited in the standard.
  • the relay UE can only see the information of the radio link control link (radio link control channel, RLC channel) granularity, and the mapping relationship between QFI and RB is completed at the SDAP layer. Therefore, the relay UE cannot perform flow-granular QoS parameter monitoring for an individual QoS flow.
  • the relay UE can monitor the QoS parameters of SLRB granularity, so the embodiment of the present application can further map the QoS flow to be monitored to a separate SLRB or RLC channel by establishing an SLRB or RLC channel corresponding to the QoS flow for the relay UE.
  • the relay UE can monitor the link quality of the PC5 link and report the monitoring results to the base station or UE, so that the base station or UE can
  • the corresponding QoS parameter configuration can be adjusted according to the monitoring results, thus ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the above-mentioned first mapping relationship may be obtained from the base station.
  • the obtaining the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the first communication device receives all the information from the base station. Describe the first mapping relationship.
  • the above-mentioned first mapping relationship may also be generated by the first communication device itself.
  • the obtaining the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the first communication device Receive a second mapping relationship between the identification information of the second channel of the base station and the QoS parameter, the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station; the first communication device is The second channel allocates the first channel; the first communication device establishes the first mapping relationship.
  • the second channel may include: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • RLC channel radio link layer control channel
  • the PC5 communication mode used by the relay UE and the remote UE at this time is an ad hoc mode, that is, the PC5 communication resources are preconfigured by the relay UE and the remote UE at the base station or core network element (such as PCF) radio resources. Selection in the pool, because the relay UE does not know the QoS flow corresponding to each DRB and the QoS parameters corresponding to different QoS flows, therefore, when establishing a PC5 link between the relay UE and the remote UE, it needs to be based on the above-mentioned second channel.
  • the identification information is obtained, PC5 link resources are obtained from the wireless resource pool, and corresponding first channel information, such as SLRB configuration information, is generated.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied in a UE-to-UE scenario.
  • the first mapping relationship may be sent by the source UE or the target UE to the first communication device.
  • the acquiring the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the The first communication device receives the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the QoS flow from the source UE or the target UE; the first communication device allocates the first channel for the identification information of the QoS flow; The first communication device establishes the first mapping relationship.
  • the relay UE can perceive the PFI granularity. Therefore, the first communication device can receive the mapping relationship including the identification information of the QoS flow, and then, according to the identification of the QoS flow, send the information to the PFI.
  • the base station applies for establishing a separate SLRB for the QoS flow, and further, the first communication device may perform monitoring based on the granularity of the SLRB.
  • the identification information of the QoS flow may be PFI identification information.
  • the above-mentioned first channel may also be an SLRB or a radio link control link RLC channel between the relay device and the target UE.
  • the first communication device in this embodiment of the present application may be the terminal device, such as a remote UE or a target UE.
  • the base station can notify the remote UE of the QoS flow that needs to be monitored and its corresponding parameters, and the remote UE can monitor according to the received needs.
  • the identifier and its parameters corresponding to the QoS flow monitor the PC5 link quality between the remote UE and the relay UE, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements; or, in Figure 3, the source UE communicates with the relay device through the relay device.
  • the target UE communicates, in its protocol stack, the SDAP and PDCP layers of the source UE and the target UE are directly connected, that is, the SDAP and PDCP layers of the source UE and the target UE are directly connected, that is, the PFI
  • the mapping relationship with the RB can be perceived by the source UE.
  • the target UE can inform the source UE of the QoS flow to be monitored and its corresponding parameters, and the source UE can The identifier and its parameters corresponding to the QoS flow to be monitored are monitored, and the quality of the PC5 link between the source UE and the relay UE is monitored, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • the user protocol stack between the target UE and the source UE is connected, so the terminal device (target UE) can perceive the QoS flow granularity between the source UE and the target UE; or in UE-to-UE
  • the terminal device target UE
  • the user protocol stack between the remote UE and the base station is connected, so the remote UE can perceive the QoS flow granularity between the remote UE and the base station. Therefore, the identification information of the QoS flow to be monitored can be combined with the The QoS parameters are sent to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can monitor the communication quality according to the identification information and the QoS parameters.
  • the first communication device may acquire a mapping relationship including a QoS flow, and specifically, the first channel includes a QoS flow.
  • the identifier of the QoS flow may be a PFI identifier or a QFI identifier.
  • the terminal device target UE
  • the first communication device can obtain the mapping relationship including the PFI identifier, thereby The first communication device can monitor the corresponding QoS flow based on the PFI identifier.
  • the terminal device communicates with the base station through the relay device.
  • the first communication device can obtain the mapping relationship including the QFI identifier, so that the first communication device can use the QFI identifier to Identify and monitor the corresponding QoS flow.
  • the first communication device may also receive indication information, and monitor the parameters of the QoS flow according to the indication information.
  • the method further includes: the first The communication device acquires indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to monitor the QoS parameter of the first channel.
  • the first communication device may obtain the first mapping relationship including the identification information of the QoS flow from the opposite UE (source UE) or the base station respectively.
  • the first communication device is the terminal device, and the Obtaining the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the first communication device receiving the first mapping relationship from the base station or the opposite terminal device, wherein the first communication device passes the The relay device communicates with the opposite terminal device.
  • the first communication device monitors the QoS parameter of the first channel.
  • the first communication device monitors the communication quality of the PC5 link according to the first mapping relationship obtained in step S410.
  • the first communication device can monitor the communication quality of the PC5 link between the relay device and the remote UE, or between the relay device and the target UE, based on the SLRB identifier, the PFI identifier or the QFI identifier in the first mapping relationship, such as GFBR. , delay, packet loss rate, etc. Specifically, for example, when the current GFBR requirement is 1M/s, the relay UE can count the received data within 10s.
  • the relay UE can also monitor the delay of the received data packet, record the time stamp of the data packet sending time node and the time stamp of the receiving time node, and judge whether the data packet delay meets the specified time delay; or The relay UE may also monitor the packet loss rate of the data packets, etc.
  • the present application does not limit the method for the relay UE to monitor the QoS parameters.
  • the preset condition may be configured locally by the first communication device, or the preset condition may also be simultaneously received by the first communication device when receiving the first mapping relationship, optionally, the preset condition It may include, for example, not meeting the thresholds of bandwidth, packet loss rate, delay, etc., which are not limited in this application.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition.
  • the first information may include an identifier of the second channel.
  • the base station cannot perceive the identification of the first channel. Therefore, when sending the first information, the first communication device should Carry the ID of the second channel.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied in a UE-to-network scenario, and at this time, the first communication device may send the monitoring result to the base station.
  • the sending of the first information includes: the first communication The device sends the first information to the base station.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a UE-to-UE scenario.
  • the monitoring result is sent to a terminal device (a remote UE or a target UE).
  • the sending the first information includes: The first communication device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the first communication device in this embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device, such as a remote UE or a target UE.
  • the remote UE may send the monitoring result to the base station.
  • the sending the first information includes: the first communication device sending the first information to the base station. information.
  • the target UE may send the monitoring result to the source UE.
  • the sending the first information includes: sending the first communication device to the target UE.
  • the terminal device sends the first information.
  • the first information in this embodiment of the present application may also carry a changed QoS parameter value.
  • the first information includes the QoS parameter of the first channel when the preset condition is not satisfied. value of .
  • the QoS parameters may include optional QoS configuration AQP information.
  • the communication device may also acquire the AQP value, and in the monitoring process, when it is found that the QoS configuration corresponding to the AQP corresponding to the first channel cannot be satisfied, determine whether there is a satisfied AQP in the acquired other AQP information.
  • the QoS parameter includes first optional QoS configuration AQP information, and determining, by the first communication device, that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition includes: determining, by the first communication device, the first channel The QoS configuration corresponding to the first AQP information cannot be satisfied; the method further includes: selecting, by the first communication device, second AQP information, the QoS configuration corresponding to the second AQP information of the first channel can be.
  • the AQP may be carried in the information sent to the base station or the target UE.
  • the first information includes second AQP information, where the second AQP information is used to request configuration according to the second AQP information, or used to indicate that configuration has been performed according to the second AQP information.
  • the first communication device determines that the QoS configuration of the current first AQP information cannot be satisfied, if the first communication device also receives multiple AQP information, the first communication device can determine the information of the AQPs that the QoS configuration satisfies, and report the satisfied AQP information, or further, if the first communication device has obtained authorization or instruction, the first communication device can adjust the AQP value according to the QoS parameters that the side link can support, then the first communication device can adjust the AQP value by itself. The device can change the current AQP to the parameters of the AQP that meet the conditions, and report the changed AQP information.
  • the first communication device may also instruct the base station or the target UE to change the QoS parameter of the first channel at the same time.
  • the sending the first information includes: the first communication device sending a first message, where the first message includes the first information, and the first message is used to instruct to change the QoS of the first channel configuration.
  • the first communication device obtains a mapping relationship including QoS parameters and channel identifiers, and monitors the channel between the relay device and the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
  • the first communication device monitors the communication quality of the channel
  • the preset conditions are not met, send a message to the base station or the target UE, so that the base station or UE can obtain the communication quality of the PC5 link between the relay device and the remote UE, and change the corresponding QoS parameters according to the communication quality, and then End-to-end QoS requirements are guaranteed.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of another monitoring method for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5 , the method includes S510 and S520, and the two steps are described in detail below.
  • the second communication device sends a first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel.
  • the first channel is used to transmit data between a relay device and a terminal device (eg, a remote UE or a target UE).
  • a terminal device eg, a remote UE or a target UE.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied in a UE-to-network scenario.
  • the second communication device in this embodiment of the present application may be a base station.
  • the first channel may include: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link RLC channel between the relay device and the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: acquiring, by the second communication device, identification information of the second channel, and the The second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the second communication device; the base station allocates the first channel to the second channel; and the base station establishes the first mapping relationship.
  • the second channel may include: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the second communication device.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • RLC channel radio link layer control channel
  • the second communication device may send the above-mentioned first mapping relationship to the relay device.
  • the second communication device may also send the above-mentioned first mapping relationship to a terminal device (eg, a remote UE).
  • the second communication device may send the above-mentioned first mapping relationship to a terminal device (eg, a remote UE), and in this case, the first channel may include a QoS flow.
  • the identification information of the QoS flow may be QFI identification information.
  • the remote UE can perceive the granularity of the QoS flow. Therefore, by sending the mapping relationship including the identification information of the QoS flow to the remote UE, the remote UE can The UE performs monitoring based on QoS flows.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied in a UE-to-UE scenario.
  • the second communication device in this embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device (or a source UE).
  • the second communication device sends the identification information of the QoS flow.
  • the first channel includes the QoS flow.
  • the second communication device may send channel information corresponding to the QoS flow that needs to be monitored to the relay UE or the target UE.
  • the first channel includes the QoS flow.
  • the identifier of the first channel may be a PFI identifier.
  • the terminal device source UE or target UE
  • the terminal device can perceive the QoS flow granularity between the source UE and the target UE
  • the identification information and QoS parameters of the QoS flow to be monitored can be sent to the second communication device (relay UE or target UE), so that the communication device can monitor the communication quality according to the identification information and QoS parameters.
  • the second communication device receives first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition.
  • the preset condition may be configured locally by the first communication device, or the preset condition may also be simultaneously received by the first communication device when receiving the first mapping relationship, optionally, the preset condition It may include, for example, not meeting the thresholds of bandwidth, packet loss rate, delay, etc., which are not limited in this application.
  • the second communication device may receive the first information from the relay device.
  • the second communication device receiving the first information includes: the second communication device The communication device receives the first information from the relay device.
  • the second communication device may receive the first information from a terminal device or a relay device, specifically, the second communication device Receiving the first information includes: the second communication device receiving the first information from the terminal device or the relay device.
  • the base station is the remote UE or the relay UE, or the source UE is the relay UE or the target UE, and the mapping relationship including the QoS parameter and the channel identification information is configured, so that the remote UE or the relay UE or the target UE can
  • the mapping relationship is to monitor the QoS flow that needs to be monitored in the PC5 link between the relay UE and the remote UE, or between the relay UE and the target UE, so that the communication quality in the PC5 link does not meet the preset condition, the remote UE or the relay UE or the target UE can send information to the base station or the target UE, so that the base station or the target UE can change the corresponding QoS parameters when the communication quality in the PC5 link does not meet the preset conditions, and then End-to-end QoS requirements are guaranteed.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of another monitoring method for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6 , the method includes S610 and S620, and the two steps are described in detail below.
  • the third communication device sends a second mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the second channel.
  • the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied in a UE-to-network scenario, where the third communication device may be a base station.
  • the second channel may include: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • RLC channel radio link layer control channel
  • the third channel may be a channel corresponding to a QoS flow to be monitored, wherein the QoS flow to be monitored may be a GBR QoS flow or a delay-critical GBR QoS flow.
  • the third communication device receives the first information.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the second channel does not meet a preset condition.
  • the third communication device may receive the first information from the relay device, and specifically, the third communication device receiving the first information includes: the third communication device receiving the first information from the relay device information.
  • the base station configures the relay UE with a mapping relationship including QoS parameters and channel identification information, so that the relay UE can perform needs in the PC5 link between the relay UE and the remote UE according to the mapping relationship.
  • the monitored QoS flow is monitored, so that when the communication quality in the PC5 link does not meet the preset conditions, the relay UE can send information to the base station, so that the base station can send information to the base station when the communication quality in the PC5 link does not meet the preset conditions , change the corresponding QoS parameters, and then ensure the end-to-end QoS requirements.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of a relay device monitoring QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the remote UE establishes a UE-to-Network connection between the relay UE and the network.
  • the remote UE sends a PDU session establishment/change request message to the AMF of the remote UE through the base station. Specifically, after the remote UE establishes a PC5 connection with the relay UE, the remote UE sends a PDU session establishment/change request to the AMF of the remote UE through the base station message, requesting a connection to the network through a relay.
  • the remote UE may request the AMF of the remote UE to establish a connection with the network through a relay through a non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) message.
  • non-access stratum non-access stratum
  • the remote UE can send an RRC message to the base station through the relay UE (at this time, the base station can obtain the binding relationship between the remote UE and the relay UE), including a NAS message (the NAS message is a request to establish a connection with the network through the relay). connect).
  • the base station After receiving the RRC message of the remote UE forwarded by the relay, the base station forwards the NAS message in it to the AMF of the remote UE.
  • the base station can obtain the identifier of the relay from the RRC message, thereby obtaining the binding relationship between the remote UE and the relay UE.
  • the AMF forwards the PDU session establishment/modification request message of the remote UE to the SMF.
  • the SMF obtains the PCC rule from the PCF.
  • the SMF sends the established/modified PDU session information to the AMF. Specifically, the SMF can send the N1 SM container and the N2 SM container to the AMF through the Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext service message.
  • the SMF configures the N4 rule for the UPF according to the PCC rule.
  • the AMF sends the information in the N1 SM container to the remote UE, where the N1 SM information may include: PDU session identifier, QoS parameters corresponding to the changed QoS rules
  • the AMF sends the information in the N2 SM container to the base station, and the N2 SM information may include: a PDU session identifier, and QoS configuration information (which may include a QoS flow identifier (QoS Flow Identifier, QFI) and its corresponding QoS parameters).
  • QoS configuration information which may include a QoS flow identifier (QoS Flow Identifier, QFI) and its corresponding QoS parameters).
  • the SMF can also add a Notification Control indication to the QoS configuration to instruct the base station to monitor the QoS flow , when the transmission rate or bandwidth of the air interface cannot meet the guaranteed flow bit rate (GFBR), a notification (alarm) message needs to be sent to the SMF.
  • GFBR guaranteed flow bit rate
  • the base station may attach the currently supported GFBR value, as well as the supported packet delay budget (Packet Delay Budget, PDB) and packet error rate (Packet Error Rate, PER).
  • the N2 SM information may also include an optional QoS profile (Alternative QoS Profile, AQP).
  • the 5G QoS indicator (5G QoS Identifier, 5QI) is a standardized QoS parameter group, which is composed of QoS parameters such as PDB and PER.
  • QoS parameters such as PDB and PER.
  • the SMF sends AQP for the base station, it will indicate the current or default QoS parameter group, for example, instructing the base station to default the AQP to AQP 1.
  • the current QFI and AQP information such as AQP 2
  • steps S101 to S108 belong to the prior art, the embodiments of the present application only explain the contents related to the present application, and other specific contents refer to the prior art, and the embodiments of the present application will not be repeated here.
  • the base station sends the configuration information of the PC5 link and the QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored by the relay UE to the relay UE.
  • the base station maps all QoS flows corresponding to QFIs to one or more DRBs at the SDAP layer, and each DRB is assigned a corresponding DRB ID
  • the specific mapping manner is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. Since the mapping relationship between QFI and DRB ID is done at the SDAP layer, on the relay UE side, the relay UE can only see the information (DRB ID) granularity of the radio link control link (Radio Link Control Channel, RLC Channel). The mapping relationship with RLC Channel ID), so the information of QoS flow granularity cannot be seen.
  • the relay cannot monitor the QoS parameters at the flow granularity for an individual QoS flow.
  • the relay UE can only monitor the information of the SLRB granularity (information at the RLC layer and below) on the PC5 link. Therefore, in order to To monitor the QoS flow that needs to be monitored by the relay UE, the base station needs to map the Uu QoS flow that needs to be monitored by the relay to a separate SLRB and send the SLRB and the QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored by the relay UE to the relay.
  • the QoS parameter information here may be the first threshold of a specific QoS parameter and its corresponding QoS parameter, or if there are more specific QoS parameters, there may also be multiple corresponding thresholds (for example, GFBR, PDB, PER, etc. ), or the QoS parameter information can also include the AQP for the side link (similar to the AQP in the N2 message, the difference is that the AQP is not bound to the QFI, but is bound to a separately established SLRB), etc. .
  • the base station can locally store the mapping relationship between PC5 QoS parameters and Uu QoS parameters or PC5 QoS parameters and Uu QoS parameters (the mapping relationship can be preset in the base station, or generated by the PCF network element on the network side and sent through the AMF network element.
  • the base station can map to the PC5 QoS parameters according to the Uu QoS parameters.
  • the base station maps the Uu QoS parameters to the corresponding PC5 QoS parameters according to the mapping relationship between the two and the Uu QoS parameters obtained from the N2 message in S108, such as 5QI and PC5 QoS indicator (PC5 QoS Indentifier, PQI) mapping.
  • PC5 QoS Indentifier, PQI PC5 QoS Indentifier
  • the base station allocates the SLRB configuration (corresponding to the PC5 QoS parameters) for the remote UE and the relay according to the PQI obtained by the mapping.
  • the base station on the RAN side sends the mapping relationship between DRBs and SLRBs to the relay UE, and sends the PC5 QoS information that needs to be monitored by the relay with the DRB.
  • SLRB configuration information is sent to the relay UE.
  • the remote UE may obtain the configuration information of the SLRB from the base station through an RRC message, or obtain the configuration information of the SLRB from the relay UE through a PC5-S or PC5-RRC message.
  • the base station allocates DRBs separately for the Uu QoS flows that need to be monitored.
  • Table 1 the mapping relationship between DRBs and SLRBs allocated by the base station to the relay UE.
  • the base station maps QFI 1 to DRB 1
  • QFI 2 maps to DRB 2.
  • QFI 1 corresponds to the GBR QoS flow and needs to be monitored
  • QFI 2 corresponds to the non-GBR QoS flow and does not need to be monitored.
  • the base station needs to map the Uu QoS parameters corresponding to QFI 1 and QFI 2 to the corresponding PC5 QoS parameters according to the description in the previous paragraph.
  • the base station configures the SLBR of the PC5 link according to the PC5 QoS parameters. Because the Uu QoS parameters corresponding to QFI 1 need to be monitored, the corresponding PC5 QoS parameters also need to be monitored. Therefore, the base station can map DRB 1 to SLRB 1, and DRB 2 to SLRB 2, and the corresponding binding relationship can add an additional indication to the Uu RLC layer to instruct the relay UE to bind DRB 1 to SLRB 1. Or RLC Channel 1 is bound to SL RLC Channel 1. Alternatively, additional sublayers can be added on the Uu RLC layer to carry the above indication.
  • the base station instructs the relay UE to bind DRB 2 to SLRB 2, or to bind RLC Channel 2 to SL RLC Channel 2, without adding PC5 QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored by the relay UE.
  • the base station may configure the QoS flows that need to be monitored and the QoS flows that do not need to be monitored in one DRB.
  • Table 2 the mapping relationship between DRBs and SLRBs allocated by the base station to the relay UE.
  • the base station maps QFI 1, QFI 2, and QFI 3 to DRB 1, where QFI 1 corresponds to the GBR QoS flow, and QFI 2 and QFI 3 correspond to the non-GBR QoS flow.
  • the base station maps the Uu QoS parameters to the corresponding PC5 QoS parameters, and then configures the SLRB.
  • the base station can establish a separate SLRB (ie SLRB 1) for QFI 1 and a separate SLRB (ie SLRB 2) for QFI 2 and QFI 3.
  • the binding relationship between DRB 1 and SLRB 1 and SLRB 2 can be configured by the base station to the relay UE at the Uu RLC layer or by adding a sublayer above the Uu RLC layer to carry these configuration information.
  • the PC5 QoS parameters that need to be monitored by SLRB 1 are carried in the Uu RLC layer or additional sublayer.
  • one DRB corresponds to multiple SLRBs, so in addition to the above-mentioned binding relationship between the DRB and the SLRB, further processing needs to be performed to realize the relay forwarding service.
  • a processing method may be that if the DRB can be further subdivided into RLC Channel granularity, QFI 1 can be transmitted through RLC Channel 1, while QFI 2 and QFI 3 can be transmitted through RLC Channel 2.
  • the base station can refine the above-mentioned binding relationship between DRB 1 and SLRB 1 and SLRB 2, bind RLC Channel 1 to SLRB 1 or SL RLC Channel 1 in SLRB 1, and bind RLC Channel 2 to SLRB 2 or SL RLC Channel 2 in SLRB 2 for binding.
  • Another processing method may be that after the base station configures the binding relationship between DRB 1 and SLRB 1 and SLRB 2 and the PC5 QoS parameters of SLRB 1 to be monitored to the relay UE, in the process of data packet transmission (downlink data) , for each user plane data packet, it is necessary to carry indication information in the Uu RLC layer or the additional sublayer added above to instruct the data packet to use SLRB 1 or SLRB 2 for PC5 transmission. Therefore, the relay can accurately perform the data packet relay service between the Uu interface and the PC5 interface.
  • the base station feeds back wireless air interface information on the base station side to the SMF, including the air interface address, whether the air interface can support the QoS parameters shown in the QoS configuration, and the like.
  • the SMF updates the N4 session configuration of the UPF according to the information fed back by the base station on the RAN side, including: notifying the UPF of the air interface address, changing the corresponding QoS configuration parameters, and the like.
  • the remote UE performs cellular communication through the relay.
  • the relay UE and the remote UE monitor the QoS parameters in the side link during the PC5 communication process, such as GFBR, delay, packet loss rate, etc.
  • QoS parameters such as GFBR, delay, packet loss rate, etc.
  • the relay UE can count the received data within 10s. If the received data is greater than or equal to 10M, it indicates that the current link quality meets the GFBR requirements; alternatively, the relay UE can also monitor the delay of the received data packets and record the data packets
  • the time stamp of the sending time node and the time stamp of the receiving time node are used to determine whether the delay of the data packet meets the specified delay; or the relay UE can also monitor the packet loss rate of the data packet, etc. This application monitors the relay UE.
  • the method of QoS parameters is not limited.
  • the relay UE determines whether the monitoring result of the QoS parameter corresponding to the separately established SLRB obtained by monitoring meets the first threshold of the current QoS parameter, and when the relay UE determines that the monitoring result of the QoS parameter obtained by the current monitoring does not meet the first threshold of the current QoS parameter When a threshold is required, a feedback message is sent to the base station.
  • the relay UE sends the sidelink monitoring result to the base station.
  • the base station stores the SLRB configuration information, such as the corresponding relationship between the DRB or RLC channel ID and SLRB and QIF, therefore, the relay UE In the monitoring result, it can carry the DRB ID or RLC Channel ID or SLRB ID and the QoS monitoring result of the side link (such as the GFBR value obtained by monitoring, etc.).
  • the QoS information that needs to be monitored sent by the base station to the relay UE also includes AQP information
  • the QoS parameters of SLRB 1 can be adjusted from AQP 1 to AQP 2.
  • the relay UE can notify the base station in the QoS feedback message that the GFBR cannot be satisfied in the QoS parameters of the current AQP 1, and that the PER and PDB can be satisfied or AQP 2 can be satisfied.
  • the base station determines whether to adjust the QoS parameter of SLRB 1 to AQP 2.
  • the relay UE can adjust the QoS parameters of SLRB 1.
  • the result is directly sent to the base station through the QoS monitoring result of this step, and the SLRB ID and AQP value (here is SLRB 2, AQP 2) are carried in the message.
  • the base station initiates a PDU session modification request to the SMF. Specifically, after receiving the QoS message fed back by the relay UE, the base station confirms the corresponding QFI and the corresponding QoS configuration information according to the SLRB identifier or the DRB identifier or the RLC Channel identifier therein. In a specific PDU session modification request, the base station may carry corresponding QoS information with the request message according to the QoS parameters fed back by the relay.
  • the base station if the relay feeds back that the GFBR cannot be satisfied, the base station carries the notification information that the GFBR cannot be satisfied in the PDU session change request message; if the relay UE also carries the currently satisfiable GFBR information in the monitoring result, the base station can The PDU session change request message carries the currently satisfiable GFBR value; if the relay UE also carries the changed AQP value in the monitoring result, the base station can carry the currently supported or used AQP value in the PDU session change request message, etc. .
  • the SMF changes the N4 session configuration for the UPF according to the QFI and the corresponding QoS information in the PDU session change request message.
  • Steps S717 and S718 belong to the prior art, and are not described in detail in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station updates the QoS parameter information corresponding to the SLRB or DRB or RLC Channel for the relay UE according to the N2 message. Specifically, the base station updates the SLRB configuration information according to the QoS parameters in the N2 message, and resends the information to the relay UE, so that the relay UE can update the SLRB configuration information.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be applied in a UE-to-network relay scenario.
  • the base station allocates separate SLRB configuration information to the relay device for the QoS flow that needs to monitor QoS parameters, so that the relay device can monitor the relay device according to the separately configured SLRB information.
  • QoS parameters of the side link so that when the quality of the side link between the remote device and the relay device does not meet the current QoS parameter requirements, the QoS parameters of the side link can be changed, thus ensuring the end-to-end communication quality requirements of the terminal.
  • the base station does not need to send the QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored for the relay UE.
  • the base station when the base station allocates the mapping relationship between the PC5 link information and the DRB to the relay device, it can send the The relay UE sends the mapping relationship between DRB and QFI and/or the mapping relationship between SLRB and PFI, and then the relay UE can determine the QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored according to the mapping relationship. If the relay UE cannot obtain the QoS parameters corresponding to the QFI and/or the PFI, the base station also needs to send the QoS parameters corresponding to the QFI and/or the PFI to the relay UE.
  • QFI and PFI maps the QoS parameters (Uu QoS parameters) corresponding to QFI to the QoS parameters (PC5 QoS parameters) corresponding to the corresponding PFI, or the relay UE does not have Uu QoS parameters and PC5 QoS parameters. (this relationship may be the pre-configuration information obtained by the relay UE from the network side, or the pre-configuration information stored locally). Otherwise, the relay UE only needs to obtain the information of "QFI or PFI", and can deduce the corresponding value of the Uu QoS parameter and the PC5 QoS parameter from the mapping relationship between the two.
  • the base station can send the corresponding QoS parameters to the relay UE, optionally, the existing NR RLC layer can be enhanced by adding additional QoS parameters.
  • DRB QoS parameter information or add an additional adaptation layer (Adaptation Layer) on the NR RCL layer, and add QoS parameters in it.
  • Adaptation Layer Adaptation Layer
  • the relay UE can independently determine the QFI or PFI that needs to be monitored for QoS, so that the remote UE and the relay can be further monitored.
  • the communication quality of the sidelink between UEs is monitored.
  • the relay UE finds that the QoS result of the current SLRB link monitoring does not meet the current QoS parameter requirements, it sends a feedback message to the base station, where the feedback message may include DRB or SLRB or QFI or PFI and the corresponding QoS monitoring result.
  • the relay UE can know the QoS parameters that need to be monitored, and monitor the QoS parameters that need to be monitored. , so that when the link quality between the relay UE and the remote UE does not meet the requirements, the parameters can be changed, thereby ensuring the end-to-end communication quality requirements.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic flowchart of another relay device monitoring QoS.
  • the embodiment of the present application is similar to the application embodiment in FIG. 7 , the difference is that the base station does not directly establish a separate SLRB configuration for the QoS flow requiring QoS monitoring and send it to the relay UE.
  • the ID of the DRB or the ID of the RLC channel corresponding to the QoS flow is sent to the relay UE, so that the relay UE can establish a separate SLRB for the QoS flow that needs to be monitored according to the ID.
  • S801 to S808 are the same as S701 to S708 in FIG. 7 , and detailed descriptions are not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Step S809a the base station sends to the relay UE the identification information corresponding to the QoS flow of the SLRB that needs to be established separately and the corresponding DRB configuration, wherein the identification information corresponding to the QoS flow of the SLRB that needs to be established separately can be the DRB identification or the DRB. RLC channel identification, etc.
  • the base station only sends the identification information and the QoS parameter information to the remote UE, the remote UE needs to forward the message to the relay UE (which can be sent through a PC5-S or PC5-RRC message).
  • the DRB configuration may be the DRB configuration used in the communication link between the base station and the relay device, and may specifically include the RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer configuration between the relay UE and the base station, where , the RLC layer is configured as the RLC channel used by the Uu interface, the retransmission mechanism, etc., the MAC layer is configured as the mapping relationship between the logical channel and the transport channel, and the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) method, etc.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the base station may also send QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored to the relay UE.
  • the QoS parameter information here may be the first threshold of a specific QoS parameter and its corresponding QoS parameter, or if there are more specific QoS parameters, there may also be multiple corresponding thresholds (for example, GFBR, PDB, PER, etc. ), or the QoS parameter information may also include AQP for the side link, etc.
  • the relay UE completes the SLRB configuration.
  • the PC5 communication mode used by the relay UE and the remote UE is an ad hoc mode, that is, the PC5 communication resources are selected by the relay UE and the remote UE from the radio resource pool preconfigured by the base station or core network element (such as PCF), Since the relay UE does not know the QoS flow corresponding to each DRB and the QoS parameters corresponding to different QoS flows, when the PC5 link is established between the relay UE and the remote UE, it needs to be configured according to the above DRB (as shown in Table 2).
  • the relay UE obtain PC5 link resources from the wireless resource pool, generate separate SLRB configuration information, and complete the corresponding SLRB configuration shown in Table 4 (PC5 RLC, PC5 MAC and PC5 PHY configuration).
  • the relay UE needs to correspond to the PC5 QoS, and the specific mapping rules (that is, the corresponding relationship between the Uu QoS parameters and the PC5 QoS parameters) can be It is pre-configured to the relay UE by the base station or core network element (eg PCF).
  • the relay UE can select the underlying radio resources according to the derived PC5 QoS parameters, for example, select the physical channel frequency band bandwidth according to the bandwidth, etc.
  • the relay UE can accurately send the data packet received by the Uu or the PC5 through the PC5 or the Uu port.
  • the data packet corresponding to QFI 1 (QFI 1 is included in DRB 1) of the remote UE is processed by the NR SDAP 1 layer and the NR PDCP layer
  • the PC5 RLC 1, PC5 MAC 1 and PC5 PHY1 layers are used on the PC5 interface.
  • the relay UE can use NR RLC 1, NR MAC 1 and NR PHY 1 to process the data packet according to the mapping relationship between DRB and SLRB and send it to the base station.
  • the decoding of the data packet can finally obtain the data packet of the QoS flow accurately from the NR SDAP1 layer.
  • S810 to S814 are the same as S710 to S714 in the application embodiment in FIG. 7 , and repeated descriptions are not repeated in this embodiment of the application.
  • the relay UE sends the QoS monitoring result to the base station.
  • the SLRB configuration information of the relay UE is generated by the relay UE, not sent by the base station, and the base station does not know the specific configuration of the SLRB, such as the correspondence between the SLRB identifier and the DRB identifier established separately. Wait. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the monitoring result sent by the relay UE may be the DRB ID or RLC channel ID and the corresponding QoS monitoring result.
  • the base station may also send the mapping relationship between DRB and QFI and/or the mapping relationship between SLRB and PFI to the relay UE, and send the corresponding QoS parameters to the relay.
  • the relay UE can map the QoS parameters of the DRB1 to the SLRB1, so that the relay UE can monitor the QoS flow that needs to be monitored.
  • the existing PC5 RLC layer can be enhanced, or an additional PC5 adaptation layer can be added.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can enable the relay UE to generate a separate SLRB according to the identifier of the QoS flow that needs to be monitored for QoS and the DRB configuration sent by the base station, so that the identification of the QoS flow that needs to be monitored can be monitored during the communication process.
  • QoS parameters are monitored, and feedback messages are sent to the base station according to the monitoring results, so that when the quality of the side link between terminal devices does not meet the requirements, the QoS parameters of the side link can be changed, thus ensuring end-to-end communication quality requirements of the terminal.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of another relay device monitoring QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the UE within the network coverage obtains the ProSe communication parameter configuration from the PCF for pre-configuration, including the default QoS parameters used by the ProSe application, and some ProSe applications can use the optional QoS parameter configuration.
  • S901, UE1 and UE2 establish a connection through a relay UE.
  • UE1 and/or UE2 instructs the relay UE to establish separate SLRBs for UE1 and UE2 for the PFI (eg, GBR or delay-critical GBR QoS Flow) requiring QoS monitoring according to the preconfigured parameters obtained from the PCF, and informs QoS parameter information that the relay UE needs to monitor.
  • the QoS parameter information may include a specific QoS parameter and its corresponding first threshold of the QoS parameter, or if there are multiple specific QoS parameters, there may be multiple corresponding QoS parameters. Thresholds (eg, GFBR, PDB, PER, etc.), or QoS parameter information may also include AQP for side links, etc.
  • UE1 and UE2 are required to instruct the relay UE to establish SLRBs for the QoS flows requiring QoS monitoring respectively.
  • UE1 and UE2 determine the PFI identifier of the QoS flow (such as GBR or Delay-critical GBR QoS flow) that needs to perform QoS monitoring according to the preconfigured parameters, and send the PFI identifier of the QoS flow that needs to be monitored for QoS to the relay UE, and instruct it to establish a separate SLRB for this QoS flow.
  • UE1 and UE2 may also send indication information to instruct the relay UE to establish separate SLRBs for UE1 and UE2.
  • UE1 and UE2 will send the PFI identifier used in the PC5 link to the relay UE to establish a PC5 connection with the relay UE respectively.
  • the relay UE cannot perceive which QoS flows corresponding to the PFIs need to be monitored, and thus cannot establish a separate SLRB for the QoS flows that need to be monitored.
  • the relay UE is informed that the PFI identity of the SLRB needs to be established separately.
  • the UE1 informs the relay UE that the PFI1 is the PFI identity that needs to establish the SLRB separately, and the FPI2 is the PFI identity that does not need to establish the SLRB separately.
  • the following UE can independently establish SLRB1 for PFI1, and the rest can correspond to SLRB2 without the need to establish the PFI identifier of the SLRB; correspondingly, in the process of establishing a PC5 connection with UE2, the relay UE also needs to establish a The binding relationship between the PFI identifier and the SLRB is established with the UE2 to establish a PC5 link.
  • SLRB1 corresponds to SLRB3
  • the other SLRB2 identifiers that do not need to be monitored correspond to SLRB4.
  • the relay UE can QoS parameters are monitored for SLRB 1 and SLRB 3.
  • the relay UE applies to the base station for SLRB configuration. Specifically, according to the prior art, the relay UE sends a request message to the base station to request to obtain the SLRB configuration, and the request message may carry the PC5 QoS profile. The difference is that in the embodiment of the present application, the relay UE also needs to carry PFI identifier for QoS monitoring, so that the relay UE can establish a separate SLRB for the QoS flow that needs to be monitored for QoS.
  • the relay UE and the remote UE monitor the QoS parameters in the sidelink, such as GFBR, delay, packet loss rate, etc., during the PC5 communication process.
  • QoS parameters in the sidelink such as GFBR, delay, packet loss rate, etc.
  • the relay UE judges whether the link quality obtained by monitoring and corresponding to the separately established SLRB and the current QoS parameter meet the current QoS parameter threshold requirement (eg, the current GFBR cannot be satisfied, or the PER cannot be satisfied). Further, if the relay UE also obtains the AQP value in step S902a, the relay UE may judge whether there is an AQP value that can satisfy the current link quality according to the obtained AQP value.
  • the relay UE when it judges that the link quality of the SLRB cannot support the current QoS parameters, it can send a message to UE1 and UE2 through an RRC message, and the message can carry the SLRB ID/RLC channel ID and the indication that the QoS parameters cannot meet the requirements.
  • the relay UE can only see the information of the RLC layer, and the RLC layer includes the corresponding relationship between the SLRB ID and the RLC Channel ID. Therefore, the above-mentioned correspondence between SLRB 1 and SLRB 3 can also be the correspondence between RLC Channel 1 (RLC layer in SLRB 1) and RLC Channel 3 (RLC layer in SLRB 3).
  • the message may also carry currently supportable QoS parameters, and further, may also indicate the supportable AQP identifier.
  • UE1 and UE2 can choose to disconnect from the peer UE according to the message sent by the relay UE, or can also change the configuration according to the QoS carried in the message sent by the relay UE.
  • UE1 and UE2 send the updated QoS parameters to the relay UE through an RRC message, and carry the SLRB ID for changing the QoS parameters and the corresponding QoS parameters in the message.
  • the embodiments of the present application are applied in the UE-to-UE scenario, by instructing the relay device to establish separate SLRB configuration information for the opposite UE, so that the relay UE can monitor the link quality during the communication process, and can monitor the link quality during the communication process.
  • a change request is issued, so that the QoS parameters of the side link can be changed, thereby ensuring the end-to-end transmission quality requirement.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of a terminal device monitoring QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application is similar to the embodiment of the application in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 , the difference is that the embodiment of the present application uses a terminal device (a remote UE in the embodiment of the present application) to communicate with the relay device. Monitor the communication quality of the sidelink with the remote device, and send the monitoring results to the base station, so that the base station can adjust the QoS parameters of the sidelink when the communication quality of the sidelink does not meet the requirements. Changes are made to ensure end-to-end business requirements.
  • a terminal device a remote UE in the embodiment of the present application
  • S1001 to S1008 are the same as the corresponding steps in FIG. 7 to FIG. 8 , which are not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station sends the identification information and QoS parameter information of the QoS flow that needs to be monitored for QoS to the remote UE.
  • the base station determines the QFI (for example, GBR or Delay-critical GBR QoS flow) that needs to be monitored for QoS according to the QoS configuration in the N2 message, and sends the QoS configuration corresponding to the QFI or the QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored to the remote
  • the base station may also carry indication information to instruct the remote UE to perform QoS monitoring on the data packets of the QFI.
  • the remote UE can perceive the QoS flow granularity, so that the QoS flow can be obtained from the QoS flow.
  • the granularity monitors the communication quality of the side link.
  • S1010 to S1013 are the same as the corresponding steps in FIG. 7 to FIG. 8 , which are not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the remote UE when the remote UE finds that the data flow corresponding to the QFI cannot support the current QoS parameter, it sends a notification to the base station through an RRC message, the message carries the QFI identifier, and the QoS parameter cannot satisfy the indication.
  • the message may also carry currently supported QoS parameters.
  • it may indicate the supported AQP identifier.
  • the embodiments of the present application are applied in the UE-to-network scenario, by instructing the remote UE to monitor the QoS parameters in the sidelink, and requesting changes when the QoS parameters cannot meet the requirements, thereby ensuring the end-to-end transmission quality requirements .
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of another terminal device monitoring QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , step S1101 is the same as the content in the embodiment of the application in FIG. 9 , which is not repeated in the embodiment of the present application.
  • UE1 and UE2 instruct the peer UE to monitor the corresponding data flow for the PFI (for example, GBR or Delay-critical GBR QoS Flow) that needs to be monitored for QoS according to the preconfigured QoS parameters.
  • PFI for example, GBR or Delay-critical GBR QoS Flow
  • UE1 and UE2 can perceive the PFI granularity of the communication link between the two UEs.
  • S1103, UE1 and UE2 monitor the data flow corresponding to the PFI that needs to be monitored, such as GFBR, delay, packet loss rate, etc., during the PC5 communication process.
  • UE1 and UE2 judge whether the data flow corresponding to the QFI to be monitored meets the current QoS parameter requirements.
  • S1105a when UE1 or UE2 finds that the data flow corresponding to a certain QFI cannot support the current QoS parameters, it sends a change request to the opposite UE (UE2 or UE1) through an RRC message, the message carries the QFI identifier, and the QoS parameters cannot meet the indication.
  • the currently supported QoS parameters for the Alternative QoS situation, can indicate the supported AQP identifier.
  • the opposite UE decides to disconnect or change the QoS configuration according to the received RRC message.
  • UE1 and UE2 send the updated QoS parameters to the peer UE through an RRC message, and carry the QFI identifier for changing the QoS parameters and the corresponding QoS parameters in the messages.
  • the embodiment of the present application is applied to the UE-to-UE scenario, and the PFI that needs to be monitored for QoS is determined through the acquired pre-configuration and the corresponding monitoring is performed.
  • the monitoring result does not meet the requirements, a change request is sent to the opposite UE, thereby End-to-end data transmission requirements can be guaranteed.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1200 includes a first acquiring module 1210 , a first processing module 1220 and a first sending module 1230 .
  • the apparatus 1200 may be configured to implement the functions of receiving, processing, and sending messages of the first communication device involved in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 1200 may be a relay device or a terminal device.
  • the apparatus 1200 includes a unit for implementing any step or operation in the foregoing method embodiments, and the unit may be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware combined with software. accomplish.
  • the apparatus 1200 may process the message as the first communication device, and execute the steps of processing the request message by the first communication device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the first obtaining module 1210 and the first sending module 1230 can be used to support the apparatus 1200 to communicate, for example, to perform the sending/receiving actions performed by the first communication device in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6
  • the first processing module 1220 It can be used to support the apparatus 1200 to perform the processing actions in the above-mentioned methods, for example, perform the processing actions performed by the first communication device in FIGS. 4 to 6 .
  • the first acquisition module is used to acquire the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameters and the identification information of the first channel, and the first channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the terminal device; the first processing module is used to monitor the QoS parameter of the first channel; the first processing module is further configured to: determine that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition, and the first sending module is configured to send When the QoS parameter of the channel does not meet the preset condition, first information is sent, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet the preset condition.
  • the first channel includes: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link RLC channel between the relay device and the terminal device.
  • SLRB side link radio bearer
  • RLC radio link control link
  • the first obtaining module is specifically configured to: receive the first mapping relationship from the base station.
  • the first acquisition module is specifically configured to: receive a second mapping relationship between the identification information of the second channel of the base station and the QoS parameter, and the second channel is used for the relay device and the base station to transmit data; the first processing module is further configured to: allocate the first channel to the second channel; establish the first mapping relationship.
  • the first information includes an identifier of the second channel.
  • the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • RLC channel radio link layer control channel
  • the first sending module is specifically configured to: send the first information to the base station.
  • the first obtaining module is specifically configured to: receive a first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the QoS flow from the terminal device; the first processing module is further configured to: provide the The identification information of the QoS flow allocates the first channel; and establishes the first mapping relationship.
  • the first communication device is the relay device.
  • the first channel includes a QoS flow.
  • the first obtaining module is further configured to: obtain indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the apparatus to monitor the QoS parameter of the first channel.
  • the first communication device is the terminal device
  • the first acquisition module is specifically configured to: receive the first mapping relationship from the base station or the opposite terminal device, wherein the device obtains the first mapping relationship through the The relay device communicates with the opposite terminal device.
  • the first information further includes identification information of the first channel.
  • the first sending module is specifically configured to: send the first information to the base station, or send the first information to the opposite terminal device.
  • the first information includes the value of the QoS parameter of the first channel when the preset condition is not met.
  • the QoS parameters include optional QoS configuration AQP information.
  • the first sending module is specifically configured to: send a first message, where the first message includes the first information, and the first message is used to instruct to change the QoS configuration of the first channel.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of another apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1300 includes a second sending module 1310 and a second receiving module 1320 .
  • the apparatus 1300 may be used to implement the functions of receiving, processing and sending messages of the second communication device involved in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 1300 may be a base station or a target UE.
  • the apparatus 1300 includes a unit for implementing any step or operation in the foregoing method embodiments, the unit may be implemented by hardware, may be implemented by software, or may be implemented by combining hardware with software accomplish.
  • the apparatus 1300 may process the message as the second communication device, and execute the steps of processing the message by the second communication device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the second sending module 1310 and the second receiving module 1320 can be used to support the apparatus 1300 to communicate, for example, perform the sending/receiving actions performed by the first relay device in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 , optionally, the apparatus 1300
  • the second obtaining module may also be included, which may be configured to support the apparatus 1300 to perform the obtaining action in the above method, for example, execute the processing action executed by the second communication device in FIGS. 4 to 6 .
  • the second sending module is used to send the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel, and the first channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the terminal device; the second receiving module is used to prepare Receive first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition.
  • the first channel includes: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link RLC channel between the relay device and the terminal device.
  • SLRB side link radio bearer
  • RLC radio link control link
  • the apparatus further includes: a second obtaining module, configured to obtain identification information of a second channel, where the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station; the second processing The module is configured to allocate the first channel to the second channel; the second processing module is further configured to: establish the first mapping relationship.
  • the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • RLC channel radio link layer control channel
  • the second receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the first information from the relay device.
  • the first channel includes a QoS flow.
  • the second receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the first information from the terminal device or the relay device.
  • the second sending module is further configured to: send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to monitor the QoS parameter of the first channel.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic diagram of another apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1400 includes a third sending module 1410 and a third receiving module 1420 .
  • the apparatus 1400 may be used to implement the functions of receiving, processing, and sending messages of the third communication device involved in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 1400 may be a third communication device or a base station.
  • the apparatus 1400 includes a unit for implementing any step or operation in the foregoing method embodiments, and the unit may be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware combined with software. accomplish.
  • the apparatus 1400 may process the message as the third communication device, and execute the steps of processing the message by the third communication device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the third sending module 1410 and the third receiving module 1420 can be used to support the apparatus 1400 to communicate, for example, to perform the sending/receiving actions performed by the second terminal device in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 . Specifically, refer to the following description:
  • the third sending module is used to send the second mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the second channel, and the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station; the third receiving module is used to receive the first A piece of information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the second channel does not meet a preset condition.
  • the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • RLC channel radio link layer control channel
  • the third receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the first information from the relay device.
  • the apparatus is the base station.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 1500 can be used to implement the method related to the first communication device described in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device 1500 may be a chip.
  • the communication device 1500 includes one or more processors 1501 that can support the communication device 1500 to implement the communication methods in FIGS. 4 to 6 .
  • the processor 1501 may be a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor.
  • the processor 1501 may be a central processing unit (CPU) or a baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor may be used to process communication data, and the CPU may be used to control communication devices (eg, network equipment, terminal equipment, or chips), execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
  • the communication device 1500 may further include a transceiving unit 1505 for implementing signal input (reception) and output (transmission).
  • the communication device 1500 may be a chip, and the transceiver unit 1505 may be an input and/or output circuit of the chip, or the transceiver unit 1505 may be a communication interface of the chip, and the chip may serve as a terminal device or a network device or other wireless communication components of the device.
  • the communication device 1500 may include one or more memories 1502 on which a program 1504 is stored.
  • the program 1504 can be executed by the processor 1501 to generate instructions 1503, so that the processor 1501 executes the methods described in the above method embodiments according to the instructions 1503.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 1502 .
  • the processor 1501 may also read data stored in the memory 1502 , the data may be stored at the same storage address as the program 1504 , or the data may be stored at a different storage address from the program 1504 .
  • the processor 1501 and the memory 1502 may be provided separately or integrated together, for example, integrated on a single board or a system on chip (system on chip, SOC).
  • SOC system on chip
  • the communication device 1500 may further include a transceiver unit 1505 and an antenna 1506 .
  • the transceiver unit 1505 may be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit or a transceiver, and is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device through the antenna 1506 .
  • the steps of the above method embodiments may be implemented by logic circuits in the form of hardware or instructions in the form of software in the processor 1501 .
  • the processor 1501 may be a CPU, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices , for example, discrete gates, transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • FIG. 16 shows another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 1600 can be used to implement the method for the second communication device described in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device 1600 may be a chip.
  • the communication device 1600 includes one or more processors 1601 that can support the communication device 1600 to implement the communication methods in FIGS. 4 to 6 .
  • the processor 1601 may be a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor.
  • the processor 1601 may be a central processing unit (CPU) or a baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor may be used to process communication data, and the CPU may be used to control communication devices (eg, network equipment, terminal equipment, or chips), execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
  • the communication device 1600 may further include a transceiving unit 1605 to implement signal input (reception) and output (transmission).
  • the communication device 1600 may be a chip, and the transceiver unit 1605 may be an input and/or output circuit of the chip, or the transceiver unit 1605 may be a communication interface of the chip, and the chip may serve as a terminal device or a network device or other wireless communication components of the device.
  • the communication device 1600 may include one or more memories 1602 on which a program 1604 is stored.
  • the program 1604 can be executed by the processor 1601 to generate instructions 1603, so that the processor 1601 executes the methods described in the above method embodiments according to the instructions 1603.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 1602 .
  • the processor 1601 may also read data stored in the memory 1602 , the data may be stored at the same storage address as the program 1604 , or the data may be stored at a different storage address from the program 1604 .
  • the processor 1601 and the memory 1602 can be provided separately, or can be integrated together, for example, integrated on a single board or a system on chip (system on chip, SOC).
  • SOC system on chip
  • the communication device 1600 may further include a transceiver unit 1605 and an antenna 1606 .
  • the transceiver unit 1605 may be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit or a transceiver, and is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device through the antenna 1606 .
  • the steps in the above method embodiments may be implemented by logic circuits in the form of hardware or instructions in the form of software in the processor 1601 .
  • the processor 1601 may be a CPU, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices , for example, discrete gates, transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus 1700 can be used to implement the method for the third communication device described in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device 1700 may be a chip.
  • the communication device 1700 includes one or more processors 1701 that can support the communication device 1700 to implement the communication methods in FIGS. 4 to 6 .
  • the processor 1701 may be a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor.
  • the processor 1701 may be a central processing unit (CPU) or a baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor may be used to process communication data, and the CPU may be used to control communication devices (eg, network equipment, terminal equipment, or chips), execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
  • the communication device 1700 may further include a transceiving unit 1705 to implement signal input (reception) and output (transmission).
  • the communication device 1700 may be a chip, and the transceiver unit 1705 may be an input and/or output circuit of the chip, or the transceiver unit 1705 may be a communication interface of the chip, and the chip may serve as a terminal device or a network device or other wireless communication components of the device.
  • the communication device 1700 may include one or more memories 1702 on which a program 1704 is stored.
  • the program 1704 can be executed by the processor 1701 to generate instructions 1703, so that the processor 1701 executes the methods described in the above method embodiments according to the instructions 1703.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 1702 .
  • the processor 1701 may also read data stored in the memory 1702 , the data may be stored at the same storage address as the program 1704 , or the data may be stored at a different storage address from the program 1704 .
  • the processor 1701 and the memory 1702 can be provided separately, or can be integrated together, for example, integrated on a single board or a system on chip (system on chip, SOC).
  • SOC system on chip
  • the communication device 1700 may further include a transceiver unit 1705 .
  • the transceiver unit 1705 may be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver.
  • the steps in the above method embodiments may be implemented by logic circuits in the form of hardware or instructions in the form of software in the processor 1701 .
  • the processor 1701 may be a CPU, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices , for example, discrete gates, transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the methods in the embodiments of the present application are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions or technical solutions of the present application are A part may be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, and includes several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute the various embodiments of the present application. all or part of the steps of the method.
  • the storage medium at least includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A quality of service (QoS) monitoring method, comprising: a first communication device acquiring a first mapping relationship between QoS parameters and identification information of a first channel; the first communication device monitoring QoS parameters of the first channel; and when the first communication device determines that the QoS parameters of the first channel do not meet preset conditions, the first communication device sending first information.

Description

一种服务质量QoS的监测方法A Monitoring Method for Quality of Service QoS
本申请要求于2020年09月10日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010945243.8、申请名称为“一种服务质量QoS的监测方法”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed on September 10, 2020 with the application number 202010945243.8 and the application title is "A Method for Monitoring Quality of Service QoS", the entire contents of which are incorporated into this application by reference middle.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种服务质量QoS的监测方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for monitoring quality of service (QoS).
背景技术Background technique
为了提高无线频谱利用率并为蜂窝网络覆盖之外的终端提供蜂窝网络服务,蜂窝通信网络引入了邻近服务(proximity-based Services,ProSe)通信,在ProSe通信中,距离邻近的终端设备(user equipment,UE)可以直接建立通信链路,而不用再通过基站转发通信。其中,在UE-to-Network Relay的架构,远程UE(remote UE)可以通过中继设备与无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)建立连接,在UE-to-UE Relay中,两个UE可以通过中继设备建立连接,中继设备通过PC5接口为两个UE转发各自的通信数据。In order to improve wireless spectrum utilization and provide cellular network services for terminals outside the coverage of the cellular network, proximity-based services (ProSe) communication is introduced into cellular communication networks. , UE) can directly establish a communication link without forwarding communication through the base station. Among them, in the UE-to-Network Relay architecture, a remote UE (remote UE) can establish a connection with a radio access network (RAN) through a relay device. In the UE-to-UE Relay, two UEs A connection can be established through a relay device, and the relay device forwards the respective communication data for the two UEs through the PC5 interface.
远程UE在通过中继设备连接到网络设备或者目标UE时,会存在两段通信链路,即远程UE与中继设备之间的通信链路,以及中继设备与基站RAN或者UE之间的通信链路,两段链路的数据流都是基于QoS流进行传输,目前,基站RAN或者目标UE可以对中继设备与其之间的通信链路的通信质量进行监测,当基站RAN或者目标UE监测到无线空口质量不能满足需求时,可以通知核心网网元SMF更改相应的QoS参数,或者更改目标UE和中继UE之间的QoS参数。When a remote UE connects to a network device or a target UE through a relay device, there will be two communication links, that is, the communication link between the remote UE and the relay device, and the communication link between the relay device and the base station RAN or UE. In the communication link, the data flow of the two links is transmitted based on QoS flow. At present, the base station RAN or the target UE can monitor the communication quality of the communication link between the relay device and the target UE. When the base station RAN or the target UE When it is detected that the quality of the wireless air interface cannot meet the requirements, the core network element SMF can be notified to change the corresponding QoS parameters, or the QoS parameters between the target UE and the relay UE can be changed.
但是,基站RAN或目标UE对于中继设备和远程UE之间的链路的通信质量是无法感知的,当中继设备和远程UE之间的通信质量发生变化时,例如,基站或者目标UE获取的其与中继设备之间的通信质量是满足需求的,但是中继设备与远程UE之间的通信质量是不满足传输需求的,由于基站RAN或者目标UE无法获取另一段链路中的通信质量变化,网络设备或目标UE无法根据变化情况调整相应的QoS参数,从而不能保证端到端的QoS需求。However, the base station RAN or the target UE cannot perceive the communication quality of the link between the relay device and the remote UE. When the communication quality between the relay device and the remote UE changes, for example, the base station or the target UE obtains The communication quality between it and the relay device meets the requirements, but the communication quality between the relay device and the remote UE does not meet the transmission requirements, because the base station RAN or the target UE cannot obtain the communication quality in another link. changes, the network device or the target UE cannot adjust the corresponding QoS parameters according to the changes, so that the end-to-end QoS requirements cannot be guaranteed.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种服务质量QoS的监测方法,通过中继UE或远程UE在通信过程中对两者之间的通信质量进行监测,并在通信质量不满足预设条件时发送第一信息,使得网络设备或目标UE可以根据第一信息获知当前远程UE和中继UE之间的通信质量不满足预设条件,从而可以根据变化情况调整相应的QoS参数,从而保证了端到端的QoS需求。The present application provides a monitoring method for quality of service (QoS), which monitors the communication quality between the relay UE or the remote UE during the communication process, and sends first information when the communication quality does not meet a preset condition, so that the The network device or the target UE can learn that the communication quality between the current remote UE and the relay UE does not meet the preset condition according to the first information, so that the corresponding QoS parameters can be adjusted according to the change, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirement.
第一方面,提供了一种服务质量QoS的监测方法,该方法包括:第一通信设备获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系,所述第一通道用于在中继设备和终端设 备之间传输数据;所述第一通信设备监测所述第一通道的所述QoS参数;所述第一通信设备确定所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件时,发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。In a first aspect, a method for monitoring quality of service (QoS) is provided, the method comprising: a first communication device acquiring a first mapping relationship between a QoS parameter and identification information of a first channel, where the first channel is used in a relay device data is transmitted between the terminal device and the terminal device; the first communication device monitors the QoS parameter of the first channel; when the first communication device determines that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet the preset condition, Send first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition.
可选地,第一通信设备可以为终端设备或中继设备。Optionally, the first communication device may be a terminal device or a relay device.
通过中继UE或远程UE在通信过程中对两者之间的通信质量进行监测,并在通信质量不满足预设条件时发送第一信息,使得网络设备或目标UE可以根据第一信息获知当前远程UE和中继UE之间的通信质量不满足预设条件,从而可以根据变化情况调整相应的QoS参数,从而保证了端到端的QoS需求。The relay UE or the remote UE monitors the communication quality between the two during the communication process, and sends the first information when the communication quality does not meet the preset condition, so that the network device or the target UE can know the current state according to the first information. The communication quality between the remote UE and the relay UE does not meet the preset conditions, so that the corresponding QoS parameters can be adjusted according to the changing situation, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
可选地,上述第一通道的标识信息可以为对应于待监测的QoS流的通道的标识信息。Optionally, the identification information of the first channel may be the identification information of the channel corresponding to the QoS flow to be monitored.
可选地,待监测的QoS流可以为GBR QoS流或延迟临界GBR QoS流。Optionally, the QoS flow to be monitored may be a GBR QoS flow or a delay-critical GBR QoS flow.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一通道包括:侧链路无线承载SLRB、或所述中继设备和所述终端设备之间的无线链路控制链路RLC channel。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first channel includes: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link between the relay device and the terminal device RLC channel.
通过获取包括SLRB或RLC与上述QoS参数的映射关系,中继设备或远程UE可以对第一通道的通信质量进行监测。By acquiring the mapping relationship including the SLRB or the RLC and the above-mentioned QoS parameters, the relay device or the remote UE can monitor the communication quality of the first channel.
可选地,上述SLRB或RLC为对应于待监测的QoS流的标识。Optionally, the above-mentioned SLRB or RLC is an identifier corresponding to the QoS flow to be monitored.
可选地,待监测的QoS流可以为GBR QoS流或延迟临界GBR QoS流。Optionally, the QoS flow to be monitored may be a GBR QoS flow or a delay-critical GBR QoS flow.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系包括:所述第一通信设备接收来自基站的所述第一映射关系。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the acquiring the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the first communication device receiving the first mapping from the base station relation.
可选地,上述QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息可以是基站为其配置好后,发送给第一通信设备的。Optionally, the above-mentioned QoS parameters and the identification information of the first channel may be sent by the base station to the first communication device after being configured for them.
通过为第一通信设备配置包括QoS参数和第一通道的标识信息的映射关系,使得第一通信设备可以根据上述映射关系对远程UE和中继设备之间的通信质量进行监测,并在其之间的通信质量不满足预设条件时,可以发送消息告知基站或目标UE,通信质量不满足预设条件,从而使得基站或目标UE可以获取上述通信质量不满足预设条件的情况,并相应的更改QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。By configuring the mapping relationship including the QoS parameters and the identification information of the first channel for the first communication device, the first communication device can monitor the communication quality between the remote UE and the relay device according to the mapping relationship, and monitor the communication quality between the remote UE and the relay device. When the communication quality between them does not meet the preset conditions, a message can be sent to inform the base station or the target UE that the communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, so that the base station or the target UE can obtain the situation that the above-mentioned communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, and correspondingly Change the QoS parameters, and then ensure the end-to-end QoS requirements.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系包括:所述第一通信设备接收来自所述基站的第二通道的标识信息与所述QoS参数的第二映射关系,所述第二通道用于在所述中继设备和基站之间传输数据;所述第一通信设备为所述第二通道分配所述第一通道;所述第一通信设备建立所述第一映射关系。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the acquiring the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the first communication device receiving the second channel from the base station The second mapping relationship between the identification information of the QoS parameter and the QoS parameter, the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station; the first communication device allocates the second channel to the second channel. A channel; the first communication device establishes the first mapping relationship.
可选地,第一通信设备也可以自己完成上述QoS参数和第一通道的标识信息的映射关系。从而使得第一通信设备可以根据上述映射关系对远程UE和中继设备之间的通信质量进行监测,并在其之间的通信质量不满足预设条件时,可以发送消息告知基站或目标UE,通信质量不满足预设条件,从而使得基站或目标UE可以获取上述通信质量不满足预设条件的情况,并相应的更改QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。Optionally, the first communication device may also complete the mapping relationship between the above-mentioned QoS parameters and the identification information of the first channel by itself. Therefore, the first communication device can monitor the communication quality between the remote UE and the relay device according to the above mapping relationship, and when the communication quality between them does not meet the preset condition, can send a message to inform the base station or the target UE, The communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, so that the base station or the target UE can obtain the situation that the communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, and correspondingly change the QoS parameters, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息包括所述第二通道的标识。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first information includes an identifier of the second channel.
可选地,当上述映射关系是由第一通信设备自己完成时,由于基站对于第一通道的标识是不可知的,所以,第一通信设备需要在第一信息中携带第二通道的标识,从而使得基 站可以获知不满足预设条件的通道的标识信息,从而更改相应的QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。Optionally, when the above-mentioned mapping relationship is completed by the first communication device itself, since the base station is unaware of the identification of the first channel, the first communication device needs to carry the identification of the second channel in the first information, Therefore, the base station can learn the identification information of the channel that does not meet the preset conditions, so as to change the corresponding QoS parameters, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二通道包括:数据无线承载DRB,或所述中继设备和所述基站之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述发送第一信息包括:所述第一通信设备向所述基站发送所述第一信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the sending the first information includes: the first communication device sending the first information to the base station.
通过向基站发送上述第一信息,使得基站可以获取中继UE和远程UE之间的通信质量情况,并在上述通信质量不满足预设条件的情况下,更改相应的QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。By sending the above-mentioned first information to the base station, the base station can obtain the communication quality between the relay UE and the remote UE, and when the above-mentioned communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, change the corresponding QoS parameters, thereby ensuring that the terminal End-to-end QoS requirements.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系包括:所述第一通信设备接收来自所述终端设备的所述QoS参数和QoS流的标识信息的第一映射关系;所述第一通信设备为所述QoS流的标识信息分配所述第一通道;所述第一通信设备建立所述第一映射关系。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the acquiring the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the first communication device receiving the A first mapping relationship between QoS parameters and identification information of a QoS flow; the first communication device allocates the first channel for the identification information of the QoS flow; the first communication device establishes the first mapping relationship.
可选地,在UE-to-UE的场景中,第一通信设备(例如,可以为目标UE,此处可以理解为UE-to-network场景中的远程UE的角色)通过从终端设备(例如可以是源UE,应理解,此处的源UE可以理解为UE-to-network场景中的基站的角色)获取包括QoS流的第一映射关系,并给QoS流分配第一通道,之后,第一通信设备可以根据上述第一映射关系对目标UE和中继设备之间的通信质量进行监测,并在其之间的通信质量不满足预设条件时,可以发送消息告知源UE,通信质量不满足预设条件,从而使得源UE可以获取上述通信质量不满足预设条件的情况,并相应的更改QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。Optionally, in the UE-to-UE scenario, the first communication device (for example, it can be the target UE, which can be understood as the role of the remote UE in the UE-to-network scenario) passes through the slave terminal device (for example, the role of the remote UE in the UE-to-network scenario). It can be the source UE. It should be understood that the source UE here can be understood as the role of the base station in the UE-to-network scenario) to obtain the first mapping relationship including the QoS flow, and assign the first channel to the QoS flow. A communication device can monitor the communication quality between the target UE and the relay device according to the above-mentioned first mapping relationship, and when the communication quality between them does not meet the preset condition, it can send a message to inform the source UE that the communication quality is not good. The preset conditions are met, so that the source UE can obtain the situation that the above-mentioned communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, and change the QoS parameters accordingly, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
可选地,所述发送第一信息包括:所述第一通信设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。Optionally, the sending the first information includes: the first communication device sending the first information to the terminal device.
可选地,在UE-to-UE的场景中,第一通信设备可以将监测的通信质量情况发送给终端设备,使得终端设备可以获取PC5链路的通信质量情况,并根据通信质量情况相应的更改QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。Optionally, in a UE-to-UE scenario, the first communication device can send the monitored communication quality to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can obtain the communication quality of the PC5 link, and make corresponding changes according to the communication quality. Change the QoS parameters, and then ensure the end-to-end QoS requirements.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一通信设备为所述中继设备。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first communication device is the relay device.
通过中继设备在通信过程中对中继设备和远程UE之间的PC5链路的通信质量进行监测,并在通信质量不满足预设条件时发送消息给基站或目标UE,使得基站或目标UE可以获知PC5链路的通信质量情况,并在其不满足预设条件时更改相应的QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。The relay device monitors the communication quality of the PC5 link between the relay device and the remote UE during the communication process, and sends a message to the base station or the target UE when the communication quality does not meet the preset conditions, so that the base station or the target UE The communication quality of the PC5 link can be known, and the corresponding QoS parameters can be changed when it does not meet the preset conditions, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一通道包括QoS流。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first channel includes a QoS flow.
可选地,第一通信设备也可以接收QoS流的标识信息,并基于QoS流的标识信息,对该QoS流的QoS参数进行监测。Optionally, the first communication device may also receive the identification information of the QoS flow, and monitor the QoS parameters of the QoS flow based on the identification information of the QoS flow.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备获取指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一通信设备监测所述第一通道的所述QoS参数。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: acquiring, by the first communication device, indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to monitor the first communication device. The QoS parameters of the channel.
可选地,第一通信设备在接收到QoS流的标识信息后,可以自发的执行对QoS流的标识对应的QoS参数进行监测,或者可选地,第一通信设备也可以接收指示信息,根据 指示信息的指示,执行对QoS流的标识对应的QoS参数进行监测。结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一通信设备为所述终端设备,且所述第一通道包括QoS流,所述获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系包括:所述第一通信设备接收来自基站或对端终端设备的所述第一映射关系,其中,所述第一通信设备通过所述中继设备与所述对端终端设备进行通信。Optionally, after receiving the identification information of the QoS flow, the first communication device may spontaneously monitor the QoS parameters corresponding to the identification of the QoS flow, or alternatively, the first communication device may also receive the indication information, according to The indication of the indication information is to monitor the QoS parameters corresponding to the identifier of the QoS flow. With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first communication device is the terminal device, and the first channel includes a QoS flow, and the acquiring QoS parameters and identification information of the first channel The first mapping relationship includes: the first communication device receives the first mapping relationship from the base station or the opposite terminal device, wherein the first communication device communicates with the opposite terminal device through the relay device to communicate.
可选地,当所述第一通信设备为终端设备(如远程UE)时,终端设备可以对PC5链路的通信质量进行监测,并在通信质量不满足预设条件时发送消息给基站或目标UE,使得基站或目标UE可以获知PC5链路的通信质量情况,并在其不满足预设条件时更改相应的QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。Optionally, when the first communication device is a terminal device (such as a remote UE), the terminal device can monitor the communication quality of the PC5 link, and send a message to the base station or target when the communication quality does not meet the preset conditions. The UE enables the base station or the target UE to know the communication quality of the PC5 link, and changes the corresponding QoS parameters when it does not meet the preset conditions, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息还包括所述第一通道的标识信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first information further includes identification information of the first channel.
通过发送第一通道的标识信息,使得接收端可以获知不满足预设条件的通道信息,从而可以进一步发起后续的QoS参数更改流程,继而保证了端到端的通信。By sending the identification information of the first channel, the receiving end can learn the channel information that does not meet the preset conditions, so that the subsequent QoS parameter modification process can be further initiated, thereby ensuring end-to-end communication.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述发送第一信息包括:所述第一通信设备向基站发送所述第一信息,或者,所述第一通信设备向所述对端终端设备发送所述第一信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the sending the first information includes: the first communication device sends the first information to the base station, or the first communication device sends the first information to the base station The opposite terminal device sends the first information.
通过向基站发送第一信息,使得基站可以获知PC5链路不满足预设条件的情况,从而使得基站可以更改相应的QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。By sending the first information to the base station, the base station can learn that the PC5 link does not meet the preset conditions, so that the base station can change the corresponding QoS parameters, thereby ensuring end-to-end QoS requirements.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息包括不满足所述预设条件时,所述第一通道的所述QoS参数的值。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first information includes a value of the QoS parameter of the first channel when the preset condition is not satisfied.
可选地,第一通信设备在对第一通道的通信质量的监测过程中,发现第一通道的通信质量不满足预设条件时,可以向基站或目标UE发送不满足预设条件的信息,并在上述信息中携带更改后的QoS参数值。Optionally, when the first communication device finds that the communication quality of the first channel does not meet the preset condition in the process of monitoring the communication quality of the first channel, it may send information that does not meet the preset condition to the base station or the target UE, The modified QoS parameter value is carried in the above information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述QoS参数包括可选QoS配置AQP信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the QoS parameter includes optional QoS configuration AQP information.
可选地,所述QoS参数包括第一可选QoS配置AQP信息,所述第一通信设备确定所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件包括:所述第一通信设备确定所述第一通道的所述第一AQP信息对应的QoS配置无法满足;所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备选择第二AQP信息,所述第一通道的所述第二AQP信息对应的QoS配置能够满足。Optionally, the QoS parameter includes first optional QoS configuration AQP information, and the first communication device determining that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition includes: the first communication device determining the The QoS configuration corresponding to the first AQP information of the first channel cannot be satisfied; the method further includes: selecting, by the first communication device, second AQP information, which corresponds to the second AQP information of the first channel QoS configuration can be satisfied.
可选地,当第一通信设备在监测过程中,监测到第一通道的通信质量不满足预设条件时,若第一通信设备已经获取了AQP配置,则第一通信设备可以根据获取的AQP配置,判断满足预设条件的AQP。Optionally, when the first communication device monitors that the communication quality of the first channel does not meet the preset condition during the monitoring process, if the first communication device has acquired the AQP configuration, the first communication device can Configuration, determine the AQP that satisfies the preset conditions.
可选地,所述第一信息包括第二AQP信息,所述第二AQP信息用于请求根据所述第二AQP信息进行配置,或者用于指示已根据所述第二AQP信息进行配置。Optionally, the first information includes second AQP information, and the second AQP information is used to request configuration according to the second AQP information, or used to indicate that configuration has been performed according to the second AQP information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述发送第一信息包括:所述第一通信设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一信息,所述第一消息用于指示更改所述第一通道的QoS配置。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the sending the first information includes: sending, by the first communication device, a first message, the first message including the first information, the first A message is used to instruct to change the QoS configuration of the first channel.
进一步地,第一通信设备在确定第一通道的通信质量不满足预设条件后,可以发送用于指示更改第一通道QoS配置的消息,从而使得基站或目标UE可以更改相应的QoS参 数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。Further, after determining that the communication quality of the first channel does not meet the preset condition, the first communication device may send a message for instructing to change the QoS configuration of the first channel, so that the base station or the target UE can change the corresponding QoS parameters, and then End-to-end QoS requirements are guaranteed.
第二方面,提供了一种服务质量QoS的监测方法,该方法包括:第二通信设备发送QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系,所述第一通道用于在中继设备和终端设备之间传输数据;所述第二通信设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。In a second aspect, a method for monitoring quality of service (QoS) is provided, the method comprising: a second communication device sending a first mapping relationship between a QoS parameter and identification information of a first channel, where the first channel is used in a relay device data is transmitted between the terminal device and the second communication device; the second communication device receives first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition.
通过为通信设备分配QoS参数与通道的标识信息的映射关系,使得通信设备可以根据上述映射关系,对中继设备和终端设备之间的通信质量进行监测,进一步地,根据接收到的不满足预设条件的通道的信息,第二通信设备可以相应的更改通道对应的QoS参数,从而保证了端到端的QoS需求。By assigning the mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the channel identification information for the communication device, the communication device can monitor the communication quality between the relay device and the terminal device according to the above mapping relationship, and further, according to the received data that does not meet the predetermined By setting the information of the conditioned channel, the second communication device can correspondingly change the QoS parameter corresponding to the channel, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirement.
可选地,上述映射关系为对应于待监测的QoS流的映射关系,其中,待监测的QoS流可以为GBR QoS流或延迟临界GBR QoS流。Optionally, the above-mentioned mapping relationship is a mapping relationship corresponding to the QoS flow to be monitored, wherein the QoS flow to be monitored may be a GBR QoS flow or a delay-critical GBR QoS flow.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一通道包括:侧链路无线承载SLRB、或所述中继设备和所述终端设备之间的无线链路控制链路RLC channel。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first channel includes: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link between the relay device and the terminal device RLC channel.
通过获取包括SLRB或RLC与上述QoS参数的映射关系,中继设备或远程UE可以对第一通道的通信质量进行监测。By acquiring the mapping relationship including the SLRB or the RLC and the above-mentioned QoS parameters, the relay device or the remote UE can monitor the communication quality of the first channel.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二通信设备发送QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系之前,所述方法还包括:所述第二通信设备获取第二通道的标识信息,所述第二通道用于在所述中继设备和所述基站之间传输数据;所述第二通信设备为所述第二通道分配所述第一通道;所述第二通信设备建立所述第一映射关系。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, before the second communication device sends the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel, the method further includes: the second communication The device acquires identification information of a second channel, and the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station; the second communication device allocates the first channel to the second channel; The second communication device establishes the first mapping relationship.
可选地,第二通信设备可以为基站,此时,基站可以将第二通道的标识映射到第一通道上,并发送第一通道的标识,使得终端设备或中继设备可以根据该通道标识对通信质量进行监测,并在第一通道对应的通信质量不满足预设条件时发送消息,告知第二通信设备,从而第二通信设备可以相应的更改该第一通道的QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。Optionally, the second communication device may be a base station. In this case, the base station may map the identifier of the second channel to the first channel, and send the identifier of the first channel, so that the terminal device or the relay device can identify the channel according to the identifier of the first channel. Monitor the communication quality, and send a message when the communication quality corresponding to the first channel does not meet the preset conditions to inform the second communication device, so that the second communication device can correspondingly change the QoS parameters of the first channel, thereby ensuring that End-to-end QoS requirements.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二通道包括:数据无线承载DRB,或所述中继设备和所述基站之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二通信设备接收第一信息包括:所述第二通信设备接收来自所述中继设备的所述第一信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the receiving, by the second communication device, the first information includes: the second communication device receiving the first information from the relay device.
本申请实施例发送的第一映射关系可以发送给中继设备,使得中继设备可以对中继设备和终端设备之间的通道进行质量监测,进一步的,当第一通道对应的质量不满足预设条件时,可以告知第二通信设备,使得第二通信设备可以相应的更改第一通道的QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。The first mapping relationship sent in this embodiment of the present application may be sent to the relay device, so that the relay device can monitor the quality of the channel between the relay device and the terminal device. Further, when the quality corresponding to the first channel does not meet the predetermined requirements When the conditions are set, the second communication device can be informed, so that the second communication device can correspondingly change the QoS parameters of the first channel, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一通道包括QoS流。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first channel includes a QoS flow.
可选地,由于终端设备可以感知QoS流粒度,因此,第二通信设备可以发送包括QoS流的标识信息,使得终端设备可以根据该QoS流进行监测,进一步地,当该QoS流对应的QoS参数不满足预设条件时,可以告知第二通信设备,使得第二通信设备可以相应的更改第一通道的QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。Optionally, because the terminal device can perceive the QoS flow granularity, the second communication device can send the identification information including the QoS flow, so that the terminal device can monitor according to the QoS flow, and further, when the QoS parameter corresponding to the QoS flow When the preset condition is not met, the second communication device can be notified, so that the second communication device can correspondingly change the QoS parameter of the first channel, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirement.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二通信设备接收第一信息包括:所述第二通信设备接收来自所述终端设备或中继设备接收的所述第一信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the receiving, by the second communication device, the first information includes: receiving, by the second communication device, the first information received from the terminal device or the relay device. information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二通信设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一通信设备监测所述第一通道的所述QoS参数。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second communication device sends indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to monitor the first channel of the QoS parameters.
通过发送指示信息,使得第一通信设备可以监测第一通道的QoS参数,更进一步地,第一通信设备可以将监测得到的结果发送给第二通信设备,从而使得第二通信设备可以基于第一通道的通道质量情况更改相应的QoS参数,从而保证了端到端的QoS需求。By sending the indication information, the first communication device can monitor the QoS parameters of the first channel, and further, the first communication device can send the monitoring result to the second communication device, so that the second communication device can monitor the QoS parameters of the first channel based on the first communication device. The channel quality of the channel changes the corresponding QoS parameters, thus ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
第三方面,提供了服务质量QoS的监测方法,该方法包括:第三通信设备发送QoS参数与第二通道的标识信息的第二映射关系,所述第二通道用于在中继设备和基站之间传输数据;所述第三通信设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第二通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。In a third aspect, a method for monitoring quality of service (QoS) is provided, the method comprising: a third communication device sending a second mapping relationship between a QoS parameter and identification information of a second channel, where the second channel is used between the relay device and the base station data is transmitted between them; the third communication device receives first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the second channel does not meet a preset condition.
可选地,第三通信设备可以为基站,第三通信设备可以发送第二映射关系,使得中继设备可以根据该第二映射关系对第二通道的QoS参数进行监测,并在第二通道的QoS参数不满足预设条件时告知第三通信设备,使得第三通信设备可以相应的更改第二通道对应的QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。Optionally, the third communication device can be a base station, and the third communication device can send the second mapping relationship, so that the relay device can monitor the QoS parameters of the second channel according to the second mapping relationship, and When the QoS parameter does not meet the preset condition, the third communication device is notified, so that the third communication device can correspondingly change the QoS parameter corresponding to the second channel, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirement.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二通道包括:数据无线承载DRB,或所述中继设备和所述基站之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第三通信设备接收第一信息包括:所述第三通信设备从所述中继设备接收所述第一信息。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the receiving, by the third communication device, the first information includes: the third communication device receiving the first information from the relay device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第三通信设备为所述基站。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the third communication device is the base station.
第四方面,提供了一种服务质量QoS的监测装置,该装置包括:第一获取模块,用于获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系,所述第一通道用于在中继设备和终端设备之间传输数据;第一处理模块,用于监测所述第一通道的所述QoS参数;所述第一处理模块还用于:确定所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件,第一发送模块,用于在所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件时,发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。In a fourth aspect, a monitoring device for quality of service (QoS) is provided, the device comprising: a first acquisition module configured to acquire a first mapping relationship between a QoS parameter and identification information of a first channel, where the first channel is used for data is transmitted between a relay device and a terminal device; a first processing module is configured to monitor the QoS parameter of the first channel; the first processing module is further configured to: determine the QoS of the first channel The parameter does not meet the preset condition, and the first sending module is configured to send first information when the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet the preset condition, where the first information is used to indicate the first channel The QoS parameter does not meet the preset condition.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一通道包括:侧链路无线承载SLRB、或所述中继设备和所述终端设备之间的无线链路控制链路RLC channel。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first channel includes: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link between the relay device and the terminal device RLC channel.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一获取模块具体用于:接收来自基站的所述第一映射关系。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first obtaining module is specifically configured to: receive the first mapping relationship from the base station.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一获取模块具体用于:接收来自所述基站的第二通道的标识信息与所述QoS参数的第二映射关系,所述第二通道用于在所述中继设备和基站之间传输数据;所述第一处理模块还用于:为所述第二通道分配所述第一通道;建立所述第一映射关系。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first obtaining module is specifically configured to: receive the second mapping relationship between the identification information of the second channel of the base station and the QoS parameter, so The second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station; the first processing module is further configured to: allocate the first channel to the second channel; and establish the first mapping relationship.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息包括所述第二通道的标识。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first information includes an identifier of the second channel.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二通道包括:数据无线承载DRB,或所述中继设备和所述基站之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一发送模块具体用于:向所述基站发送所述第一信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first sending module is specifically configured to: send the first information to the base station.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一获取模块具体用于:接收来自所述终端设备的所述QoS参数和QoS流的标识信息的第一映射关系;所述第一处理模块还用于:为所述QoS流的标识信息分配所述第一通道;建立所述第一映射关系。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first obtaining module is specifically configured to: receive the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the QoS flow from the terminal device; The first processing module is further configured to: allocate the first channel for the identification information of the QoS flow; and establish the first mapping relationship.
可选地,所述第一发送模块具体用于:向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。Optionally, the first sending module is specifically configured to: send the first information to the terminal device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述装置为所述中继设备。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the apparatus is the relay device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一通道包括QoS流。In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first channel includes a QoS flow.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一获取模块还用于:获取指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述装置监测所述第一通道的所述QoS参数。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first obtaining module is further configured to: obtain indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the apparatus to monitor the QoS of the first channel parameter.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述装置为所述终端设备,所述第一获取模块具体用于:接收来自基站或对端终端设备的所述第一映射关系,其中,所述装置通过所述中继设备与所述对端终端设备进行通信。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the apparatus is the terminal device, and the first obtaining module is specifically configured to: receive the first mapping relationship from the base station or the opposite terminal device , wherein the apparatus communicates with the opposite terminal device through the relay device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息还包括所述第一通道的标识信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first information further includes identification information of the first channel.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一发送模块具体用于:向基站发送所述第一信息,或者,向所述对端终端设备发送所述第一信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first sending module is specifically configured to: send the first information to the base station, or send the first information to the opposite terminal device .
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一信息包括不满足所述预设条件时,所述第一通道的所述QoS参数的值。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first information includes a value of the QoS parameter of the first channel when the preset condition is not satisfied.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述QoS参数包括可选QoS配置AQP信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the QoS parameters include optional QoS configuration AQP information.
可选地,所述QoS参数包括第一可选QoS配置AQP信息,所述第一处理模块具体用于:所述第一通信设备确定所述第一通道的所述第一AQP信息对应的QoS配置无法满足;所述第一处理模块还用于:选择第二AQP信息,所述第一通道的所述第二AQP信息对应的QoS配置能够满足。Optionally, the QoS parameter includes first optional QoS configuration AQP information, and the first processing module is specifically configured to: the first communication device determines the QoS corresponding to the first AQP information of the first channel The configuration cannot be satisfied; the first processing module is further configured to: select second AQP information, and the QoS configuration corresponding to the second AQP information of the first channel can be satisfied.
可选地,所述第一信息包括所述第二AQP信息,所述第二AQP信息用于请求根据所述第二AQP信息进行配置,或者用于指示已根据所述第二AQP信息进行配置。Optionally, the first information includes the second AQP information, where the second AQP information is used to request configuration according to the second AQP information, or used to indicate that configuration has been performed according to the second AQP information .
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一发送模块具体用于:发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一信息,所述第一消息用于指示更改所述第一通道的QoS配置。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first sending module is specifically configured to: send a first message, where the first message includes the first information, and the first message is used for Instruct to change the QoS configuration of the first channel.
第五方面,提供了一种服务质量QoS的监测装置,该装置包括:第二发送模块,用于发送QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系,所述第一通道用于在中继设备和终端设备之间传输数据;第二接收模块,用于备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。A fifth aspect provides a monitoring device for quality of service (QoS), the device comprising: a second sending module configured to send a first mapping relationship between a QoS parameter and identification information of a first channel, where the first channel is used for data is transmitted between the relay device and the terminal device; the second receiving module is configured to receive first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一通道包括:侧链路无线承载SLRB、或所述中继设备和所述终端设备之间的无线链路控制链路RLC channel。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first channel includes: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link between the relay device and the terminal device RLC channel.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述装置还包括:第二获取模块,用于获取第二通道的标识信息,所述第二通道用于在所述中继设备和所述基站之间传输数据;第二处理模块,用于为所述第二通道分配所述第一通道;所述第二处理模块还用于:建立所述第一映射关系。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the apparatus further includes: a second acquisition module, configured to acquire identification information of a second channel, where the second channel is used in the relay device data is transmitted between the base station and the base station; a second processing module is configured to allocate the first channel to the second channel; the second processing module is further configured to: establish the first mapping relationship.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二通道包括:数据无线承载 DRB,或所述中继设备和所述基站之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二接收模块具体用于:接收来自所述中继设备的所述第一信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the second receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the first information from the relay device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一通道包括QoS流。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first channel includes a QoS flow.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二接收模块具体用于:接收来自所述终端设备或所述中继设备的所述第一信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the second receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the first information from the terminal device or the relay device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二发送模块还用于:向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一通信设备监测所述第一通道的所述QoS参数。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the second sending module is further configured to: send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to monitor the the QoS parameter of the first channel.
第六方面,提供了一种服务质量QoS的监测装置,该装置包括:第三发送模块,用于发送QoS参数与第二通道的标识信息的第二映射关系,所述第二通道用于在中继设备和基站之间传输数据;第三接收模块,用于接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第二通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。In a sixth aspect, a monitoring device for quality of service (QoS) is provided, the device comprising: a third sending module configured to send a second mapping relationship between QoS parameters and identification information of a second channel, where the second channel is used for data is transmitted between the relay device and the base station; and a third receiving module is configured to receive first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the second channel does not meet a preset condition.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二通道包括:数据无线承载DRB,或所述中继设备和所述基站之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第三接收模块具体用于:从所述中继设备接收所述第一信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the third receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the first information from the relay device.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述装置为所述基站。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the apparatus is the base station.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述各个方面所述的方法的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device has the function of implementing the methods described in the above aspects. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器;所述处理器用于与存储器耦合,用于从所述存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以执行上述各个方面或各个方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, there is provided a communication device, comprising: a processor; the processor is configured to be coupled with a memory, and used to call and run a computer program from the memory, so as to execute the above-mentioned aspects or any possible possibilities of the various aspects. method in the implementation.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括,处理器,存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该通信设备执行上述各个方面或各个方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a memory, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes the above aspects or each A method in any possible implementation of an aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种装置(例如,该装置可以是芯片系统),该装置包括处理器,用于支持通信装置实现上述各个方面中所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中,该装置还包括存储器,该存储器,用于保存通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。该装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a tenth aspect, an apparatus (eg, the apparatus may be a system-on-a-chip) is provided, the apparatus including a processor for supporting the communication apparatus to implement the functions involved in the above aspects. In a possible design, the device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the communication device. When the device is a system-on-chip, it may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序包括用于执行如上述各个方面或各个方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。In an eleventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising instructions for performing a method as described above in each aspect or in any possible implementation of each aspect.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序,当其在计算机设备上运行时,使得所述计算机设备执行如上述各个方面所述的方法。In a twelfth aspect, there is provided a computer program product comprising a computer program which, when run on a computer device, causes the computer device to perform the method as described in the various aspects above.
本申请的这些方面或其他方面在以下实施例的描述中会更加简明易懂。These and other aspects of the present application will be more clearly understood in the description of the following embodiments.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是5G ProSe通信的架构示意图。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of 5G ProSe communication.
图2是UE-to-Network层2中继的用户面协议栈的示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a user plane protocol stack of a UE-to-Network layer 2 relay.
图3是UE-to-UE层2中继的用户面协议栈的示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a user plane protocol stack of a UE-to-UE layer 2 relay.
图4是本申请实施例的一个服务质量QoS的监测方法的示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a monitoring method for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例的另一个服务质量QoS的监测方法的示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another monitoring method for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例的另一个服务质量QoS的监测方法的示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another monitoring method for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例的一个服务质量QoS监测的流程示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a quality of service QoS monitoring according to an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例的另一个服务质量QoS监测的流程示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another quality of service QoS monitoring according to an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例的另一个服务质量QoS监测的流程示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another quality of service QoS monitoring according to an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例的另一个服务质量QoS监测的流程示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another quality of service QoS monitoring according to an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例的另一个服务质量QoS监测的流程示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another quality of service QoS monitoring according to an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例的一个服务质量QoS的监测装置的示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例的另一个服务质量QoS的监测装置的示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another device for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
图14是本申请实施例的另一个服务质量QoS的监测装置的示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another monitoring apparatus for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
图15是本申请实施例的一种服务质量QoS的监测装置的一个结构示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
图16是本申请实施例的一种服务质量QoS的监测装置的另一个结构示意图。FIG. 16 is another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
图17是本申请实施例的一种服务质量QoS的监测装置的另一个结构示意图。FIG. 17 is another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR),以及未来演进的通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, 5th generation (5G) system or new radio (NR), and future evolved communication systems, etc.
图1示出了本申请实施例适用的一种通信系统的网络架构示意图,该网络架构中包括终端设备、接入网设备、接入管理网元、会话管理网元、用户面网元、策略控制网元、网络切片选择网元、网络仓库功能网元、网络数据分析网元、统一数据管理网元、统一数据存储网元、认证服务功能网元、网络能力开放网元、应用功能网元,以及连接运营商网络的数据网络(data network,DN)。终端设备可通过接入网设备、用户面网元向数据网络发送业务数据,以及从数据网络接收业务数据。FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present application is applied. The network architecture includes a terminal device, an access network device, an access management network element, a session management network element, a user plane network element, and a policy Control network element, network slice selection network element, network warehouse function network element, network data analysis network element, unified data management network element, unified data storage network element, authentication service function network element, network capability opening network element, application function network element , and the data network (DN) connecting the operator's network. The terminal equipment can send service data to the data network and receive service data from the data network through the access network equipment and user plane network elements.
其中,终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等。所述终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。所述终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、 可穿戴设备、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。终端设备有时也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台和远方站等,本申请的实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术、设备形态以及名称不做限定。Among them, the terminal device is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as Aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc. The terminal equipment can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. The terminal equipment can be a mobile phone (mobile phone) ), tablet computer (Pad), computer with wireless transceiver function, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device, virtual reality (VR) terminal device, augmented reality (AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation security ( Wireless terminals in transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit application scenarios. Terminal devices may also be called For user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station, remote station, etc., the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology, device form, and name used by the terminal device.
接入网设备,是网络中用于将终端设备接入到无线网络的设备。所述接入网设备可以为无线接入网中的节点,又可以称为基站,还可以称为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备)。网络设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),如传统的宏基站eNB和异构网络场景下的微基站eNB,或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(5th generation,5G)新无线(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB),或者还可以包括无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU)、基带池BBU pool,或WiFi接入点(access point,AP)等,再或者还可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,CloudRAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),本申请实施例并不限定。在接入网设备包括CU和DU的分离部署场景中,CU支持无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)、分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)、业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)等协议;DU主要支持无线链路控制层(radio link control,RLC)、媒体接入控制层(media access control,MAC)和物理层协议。An access network device is a device in the network that is used to connect a terminal device to a wireless network. The access network device may be a node in a radio access network, and may also be referred to as a base station, and may also be referred to as a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node (or device). The network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), such as traditional Macro base station eNB and micro base station eNB in heterogeneous network scenarios, or may also include the next generation node B (next generation node B) in the fifth generation mobile communication technology (5th generation, 5G) new radio (new radio, NR) system , gNB), or may also include radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS) , transmission reception point (TRP), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (base band unit, BBU), baseband pool BBU pool, or WiFi access point ( access point, AP), etc., or can also include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CloudRAN) system, which is implemented in this application. Examples are not limited. In a separate deployment scenario where access network equipment includes CU and DU, CU supports radio resource control (RRC), packet data convergence protocol (PDCP), service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation) protocol, SDAP) and other protocols; DU mainly supports radio link control layer (radio link control, RLC), media access control layer (media access control, MAC) and physical layer protocols.
接入管理网元,主要用于移动网络中的终端的附着、移动性管理、跟踪区更新流程,接入管理网元终结了非接入层(non access stratum,NAS)消息、完成注册管理、连接管理以及可达性管理、分配跟踪区域列表(track area list,TA list)以及移动性管理等,并且透明路由会话管理(session management,SM)消息到会话管理网元。在第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统中,接入管理网元可以是接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF),在未来的通信系统(如6G通信系统)中,移动性管理网元可以仍是AMF网元,或者也可以具有其它名称,本申请并不限定。The access management network element is mainly used for terminal attachment, mobility management, and tracking area update procedures in the mobile network. The access management network element terminates non-access stratum (NAS) messages, completes registration management, Connection management and reachability management, allocation of track area list (TA list) and mobility management, etc., and transparent routing of session management (SM) messages to session management network elements. In the 5th generation (5G) communication system, the access management network element can be an access and mobility management function (AMF). In future communication systems (such as 6G communication systems) , the mobility management network element may still be the AMF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
会话管理网元,主要用于移动网络中的会话管理,如会话建立、修改、释放。具体功能如为终端分配互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址、选择提供报文转发功能的用户面网元等。在5G通信系统中,会话管理网元可以是会话管理功能(session management function,SMF),在未来的通信系统(如6G通信系统)中,会话管理网元可以仍是SMF网元,或者也可以具有其它名称,本申请并不限定。The session management network element is mainly used for session management in the mobile network, such as session establishment, modification and release. Specific functions include allocating Internet Protocol (IP) addresses to terminals, and selecting user plane network elements that provide packet forwarding functions. In a 5G communication system, the session management network element may be a session management function (SMF). In a future communication system (such as a 6G communication system), the session management network element may still be an SMF network element, or it may be With other names, this application is not limited.
用户面网元,主要用于对用户报文进行处理,如转发、计费、合法监听等。用户面网元也可以称为协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话锚点(PDU session anchor,PSA)。 在5G通信系统中,用户面网元可以是用户面功能(user plane function,UPF),在未来的通信系统(如6G通信系统)中,用户面网元可以仍是UPF网元,或者也可以具有其它名称,本申请并不限定。User plane NEs are mainly used to process user packets, such as forwarding, accounting, and lawful interception. The user plane network element may also be referred to as a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session anchor (PDU session anchor, PSA). In the 5G communication system, the user plane network element may be a user plane function (UPF). In the future communication system (such as a 6G communication system), the user plane network element may still be a UPF network element, or it may be With other names, this application is not limited.
策略控制网元,包含用户签约数据管理功能、策略控制功能、计费策略控制功能、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)控制等。在5G通信系统中,策略控制网元可以是策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF),在未来的通信系统(如6G通信系统)中,策略控制网元可以仍是PCF网元,或者也可以具有其它名称,本申请并不限定。Policy control network element, including user subscription data management function, policy control function, charging policy control function, quality of service (quality of service, QoS) control, etc. In a 5G communication system, the policy control network element may be a policy control function (PCF). In a future communication system (such as a 6G communication system), the policy control network element may still be a PCF network element, or it may be With other names, this application is not limited.
网络切片选择功能网元,主要用于为终端设备的业务选择合适的网络切片。在5G通信系统中,网络切片选择网元可以是网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF)网元,在未来的通信系统(如6G通信系统)中,网络切片选择网元可以仍是NSSF网元,或者也可以具有其它名称,本申请并不限定。The network slice selection function network element is mainly used to select the appropriate network slice for the service of the terminal device. In the 5G communication system, the network slice selection network element may be the network slice selection function (NSSF) network element. In the future communication system (such as the 6G communication system), the network slice selection network element may still be the NSSF network element. The network element may also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
网络仓库功能网元,主要用于提供网元或网元所提供服务的注册和发现功能。在5G通信系统中,网络仓库功能网元可以是网络仓库功能(network repository function,NRF),在未来的通信系统(如6G通信系统)中,网络仓库功能网元可以仍是NRF网元,或者也可以具有其它名称,本申请并不限定。The network warehouse function network element is mainly used to provide the registration and discovery functions of the network element or the services provided by the network element. In a 5G communication system, the network repository function network element may be a network repository function (NRF). In future communication systems (such as a 6G communication system), the network repository function network element may still be an NRF network element, or It can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
网络数据分析网元,可以从各个网络功能(network function,NF),例如策略控制网元、会话管理网元、用户面网元、接入管理网元、应用功能网元(通过网络能力开放功能网元)收集数据,并进行分析和预测。在5G通信系统中,网络数据分析网元可以是网络数据分析功能(network data analytics function,NWDAF),在未来的通信系统(如6G通信系统)中,网络数据分析网元可以仍是NWDAF网元,或者也可以具有其它名称,本申请并不限定。Network data analysis network elements can be analyzed from various network functions (network functions, NF), such as policy control network elements, session management network elements, user plane network elements, access management network elements, and application function network elements (through the network capability opening function). network elements) to collect data and make analysis and predictions. In the 5G communication system, the network data analysis network element may be the network data analysis function (NWDAF). In the future communication system (such as the 6G communication system), the network data analysis network element may still be the NWDAF network element. , or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
统一数据管理网元,主要用于管理终端设备的签约信息。在5G通信系统中,统一数据管理网元可以是统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM),在未来的通信系统(如6G通信系统)中,统一数据管理网元可以仍是UDM网元,或者也可以具有其它名称,本申请并不限定。The unified data management network element is mainly used to manage the subscription information of terminal equipment. In a 5G communication system, the unified data management network element may be a unified data management (UDM), and in a future communication system (such as a 6G communication system), the unified data management network element may still be a UDM network element, or It can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
统一数据存储网元,主要用于存储结构化的数据信息,其中包括签约信息、策略信息,以及有标准格式定义的网络数据或业务数据。在5G通信系统中,统一数据存储网元可以是统一数据存储(unified data repository,UDR),在未来的通信系统(如6G通信系统)中,统一数据存储网元可以仍是UDR网元,或者也可以具有其它名称,本申请并不限定。The unified data storage network element is mainly used to store structured data information, including subscription information, policy information, and network data or service data defined in a standard format. In a 5G communication system, the unified data storage network element may be a unified data repository (UDR). In a future communication system (such as a 6G communication system), the unified data storage network element may still be a UDR network element, or It can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
认证服务功能网元,主要用于对终端设备进行安全认证。在5G通信系统中,认证服务功能网元可以是认证服务器功能(authentication server function,AUSF),在未来的通信系统(如6G通信系统)中,认证服务功能网元可以仍是AUSF网元,或者也可以具有其它名称,本申请并不限定。The authentication service function network element is mainly used to perform security authentication on terminal equipment. In a 5G communication system, the authentication service function network element may be an authentication server function (AUSF). In a future communication system (such as a 6G communication system), the authentication service function network element may still be an AUSF network element, or It can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
网络能力开放网元,可以将网络的部分功能有控制地暴露给应用。在5G通信系统中,网络能力开放网元可以是网络能力开放功能(network exposure function,NEF),在未来的通信系统(如6G通信系统)中,网络能力开放网元可以仍是NEF网元,或者也可以具有其它名称,本申请并不限定。The network capability exposure network element can expose some functions of the network to applications in a controlled manner. In the 5G communication system, the network capability exposure network element may be the network capability exposure function (NEF). In the future communication system (such as the 6G communication system), the network capability exposure network element may still be the NEF network element. Alternatively, it may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
应用功能网元,可以向运营商的通信网络的控制面网元提供各类应用的服务数据,或者从通信网络的控制面网元获得网络的数据信息和控制信息。在5G通信系统中,应用功 能网元可以是应用功能(application function,AF),在未来的通信系统(如6G通信系统)中,应用功能网元可以仍是AF网元,或者也可以具有其它名称,本申请并不限定。The application function network element can provide service data of various applications to the control plane network element of the operator's communication network, or obtain network data information and control information from the control plane network element of the communication network. In the 5G communication system, the application function network element may be an application function (AF), and in the future communication system (such as a 6G communication system), the application function network element may still be the AF network element, or may also have other The name is not limited in this application.
数据网络,主要用于为终端设备提供数据传输服务。数据网络可以是私有网络,如局域网,也可以是公用数据网(public data network,PDN)网络,如因特网(Internet),还可以是运营商共同部署的专有网络,如配置的IP多媒体网络子系统(IP multimedia core network subsystem,IMS)服务。The data network is mainly used to provide data transmission services for terminal equipment. The data network can be a private network, such as a local area network, or a public data network (PDN) network, such as the Internet (Internet), or a private network jointly deployed by operators, such as a configured IP multimedia network sub-network. System (IP multimedia core network subsystem, IMS) service.
应理解,上述网元或者功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。可选的,上述网元或者功能可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是一个设备内的一个功能模块,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that the above network elements or functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform). Optionally, the foregoing network element or function may be implemented by one device, or may be implemented jointly by multiple devices, or may be a functional module in one device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
为了提高无线频谱利用率并为蜂窝网络覆盖之外的终端提供蜂窝网络服务,蜂窝通信网络引入了邻近服务(Proximity-based Services,ProSe)通信,在ProSe通信中,距离邻近的终端设备可以直接建立通信链路,而不用再通过基站转发通信。如图1示出的现有技术中的一种5G ProSe通信的架构示意图,例如,UE A、UE B以及NG-RAN之间的通信可以视为UE-to-Network Relay的架构下的通信连接,远程UE(即UE B)可以通过中继设备与无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)建立连接,又例如,UE A、UE B以及UE C可以视为在UE-to-UE Relay的架构中的通信连接,UE B作为UE C和UE A之间的中继设备(中继UE),通过PC5接口为两个UE转发各自的信令、数据,其中,向UE C提供ProSe通信的UE A可称为源UE,接受ProSe通信的UE C可称为目标UE(或称之为UEA的对端UE),可以理解的是,源UE和目标UE是对UE-to-UE Relay的架构中的UE进行区分,源UE和目标UE可以互换,两者可以相互发送数据。In order to improve the utilization of wireless spectrum and provide cellular network services for terminals outside the coverage of the cellular network, Proximity-based Services (ProSe) communication is introduced into the cellular communication network. communication link, instead of forwarding the communication through the base station. A schematic diagram of the architecture of a 5G ProSe communication in the prior art as shown in FIG. 1 , for example, the communication between UE A, UE B and NG-RAN can be regarded as a communication connection under the architecture of UE-to-Network Relay , the remote UE (ie UE B) can establish a connection with the radio access network (RAN) through the relay device, and for example, UE A, UE B and UE C can be regarded as the UE-to-UE Relay The communication connection in the architecture, UE B acts as a relay device (relay UE) between UE C and UE A, and forwards their respective signaling and data for the two UEs through the PC5 interface, wherein UE C is provided with ProSe communication. UE A can be called the source UE, and UE C that accepts ProSe communication can be called the target UE (or the peer UE called UEA). It can be understood that the source UE and the target UE are the UE-to-UE relay. The UEs in the architecture are distinguished, the source UE and the target UE can be interchanged, and the two can send data to each other.
在ProSe通信中,远程UE通过中继设备实现了与网络设备,或者目标UE通过中继设备实现了和源UE之间的通信。如图2示出了UE-to-Network场景下使用层2中继实现的UE到网络的协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话传输的用户面协议栈。如图2所示,远程UE与数据网络的PDU层直接对应相连,可以理解为应用数据包中的数据是在这两者直接编解码传输。PDU层中的数据在远程UE的PDU层下面的新空口-业务数据适配协议(new radio-service data adaptation protocol,NR-SDAP)层进行一次封装。在这个过程中,NR-SDAP层会根据数据包的QoS参数(QoS流)对应到用于物理层传输的承载上,即封装后,SDAP层的下层,即分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层在处理这个数据包时,根据SDAP分配的QoS流,将这个数据包在与该QoS流对应的无线承载(radio bearer,RB)上进行传输。NR-SDAP和NR-PDCP协议是Uu接口使用的通信协议。从图2中可以看到,远程UE与NG-RAN的PDCP和SDAP是直接连接的(图中的SDAP层省略了连线,实际是同样的协议层名是相连的,例如远程UE的PC5-RLC和中继的PC5-RLC是对应相连的,中继的NR-RLC与NG-RAN的新空口-无线链路控制(NR-radio link control,NR-RLC)层是对应相连的,诸如此类。而中继转发功能只能在PDCP层以下进行PC5接口与Uu接口数据的编解码转发操作。In ProSe communication, the remote UE communicates with the network device through the relay device, or the target UE communicates with the source UE through the relay device. FIG. 2 shows the user plane protocol stack of the UE-to-network protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session transmission implemented using layer 2 relay in the UE-to-Network scenario. As shown in FIG. 2 , the remote UE is directly connected to the PDU layer of the data network, and it can be understood that the data in the application data packet is directly encoded, decoded and transmitted between the two. The data in the PDU layer is encapsulated once in a new radio-service data adaptation protocol (NR-SDAP) layer below the PDU layer of the remote UE. In this process, the NR-SDAP layer will correspond to the bearer used for physical layer transmission according to the QoS parameters (QoS flow) of the data packet, that is, after encapsulation, the lower layer of the SDAP layer, that is, the packet data convergence layer protocol (packet data convergence layer protocol). When processing the data packet, the PDCP layer transmits the data packet on the radio bearer (RB) corresponding to the QoS flow according to the QoS flow allocated by SDAP. The NR-SDAP and NR-PDCP protocols are the communication protocols used by the Uu interface. As can be seen from Figure 2, the remote UE is directly connected to the PDCP and SDAP of the NG-RAN (the SDAP layer in the figure omits the connection, but the same protocol layer name is actually connected, such as the PC5- The RLC and the PC5-RLC of the relay are correspondingly connected, and the NR-RLC of the relay is correspondingly connected to the new air interface-radio link control (NR-radio link control, NR-RLC) layer of the NG-RAN, and so on. The relay forwarding function can only perform codec forwarding operations on the PC5 interface and the Uu interface data below the PDCP layer.
根据上述处理,UE在使用中继连接到网络时,可以确保远程UE和gNB之间的数据安全,而不会在UE-to-Network Relay处暴露原始数据。同时,gNB需要同时维护远程UE和中继的绑定关系,因为在gNB接收到由中继转发来的远程UE的数据包时,数据包的 RLC层以下是中继的信息,而PDCP层以上是远程UE的信息,gNB在分配无线资源时需要告知中继UE使用的Uu接口和PC5接口的无线资源。According to the above processing, when the UE uses the relay to connect to the network, the data security between the remote UE and the gNB can be ensured without exposing the original data at the UE-to-Network Relay. At the same time, the gNB needs to maintain the binding relationship between the remote UE and the relay at the same time, because when the gNB receives the data packet of the remote UE forwarded by the relay, the information of the relay is below the RLC layer of the data packet, and the information above the PDCP layer is It is the information of the remote UE. When allocating radio resources, the gNB needs to inform the relay UE of the radio resources of the Uu interface and the PC5 interface.
类似地,图3示出了UE-to-UE场景下使用层2中继的用户面协议栈。与图2中的不同之处在于,此处的数据网络为源UE。具体原理与图2中类似,本申请实施例在此不做过多赘述。Similarly, Figure 3 shows the user plane protocol stack using layer 2 relay in a UE-to-UE scenario. The difference from FIG. 2 is that the data network here is the source UE. The specific principle is similar to that in FIG. 2 , and details are not described here in this embodiment of the present application.
在上述ProSe中继通信中,以UE-to-Network场景为例,远程UE在一个PDU会话中可能使用不同的应用(或业务),而不同的应用(或业务)所需要的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)参数是不同的,例如视频业务需要高带宽,而语音通信则需要保障可靠的低时延。因此,SMF会根据远程UE的通信需求,为不同业务的QoS需求建立不同的QoS流(QoS flow),每个QoS流用QoS流标识(QoS flow identifier,QFI)进行标识。同一个QoS流对应的QoS需求是相同的,这些需求可以用QoS参数进行量化,例如时延,带宽,丢包率等。为了便于QoS参数的表示,3GPP标准将时延,丢包率,数据包处理优先级等指标组合用一个标准化的标识表示,即5QI(5G QoS Identifier)。除了5QI中指示的QoS参数外,根据业务的需求,每个QoS Flow对应的QoS参数还包括分配和保持优先级(allocation and retention priority,ARP),流比特速率(对于带宽保障(guaranteed flow bit rate,GBR)的QoS Flow,包括保障速率和最大速率),流总和速率(对于带宽不需要保障(non-guaranteed flow bit rate,Non-GBR)的QoS Flow)等等。In the above ProSe relay communication, taking the UE-to-Network scenario as an example, a remote UE may use different applications (or services) in a PDU session, and the quality of service (quality of service) required by different applications (or services) of service, QoS) parameters are different, for example, video services need high bandwidth, while voice communication needs to ensure reliable low latency. Therefore, SMF will establish different QoS flows (QoS flows) for the QoS requirements of different services according to the communication requirements of the remote UE, and each QoS flow is identified by a QoS flow identifier (QFI). The QoS requirements corresponding to the same QoS flow are the same, and these requirements can be quantified by QoS parameters, such as delay, bandwidth, and packet loss rate. In order to facilitate the representation of QoS parameters, the 3GPP standard combines indicators such as delay, packet loss rate, and packet processing priority with a standardized identifier, namely 5QI (5G QoS Identifier). In addition to the QoS parameters indicated in 5QI, according to service requirements, the QoS parameters corresponding to each QoS Flow also include allocation and retention priority (ARP), flow bit rate (for bandwidth guarantee (guaranteed flow bit rate) , GBR) QoS Flow, including guaranteed rate and maximum rate), flow sum rate (for QoS Flow that does not require bandwidth guarantee (non-guaranteed flow bit rate, Non-GBR)) and so on.
SMF在建立了PDU会话后,将该PDU会话中的下行数据使用的QFI及其对应的QoS参数通过N2消息发送给基站(例如gNB),通过N4接口(控制面SMF和用户面网元之间的接口)配置给UPF,由此打通了DN到基站的下行数据传输链路。而UE使用的上行数据发送规则(QoS rule)和对应的QoS参数则由SMF通过N1消息发送给UE。这样,基站就能根据QoS参数为UE分配无线资源用于传输不同的QoS流。而且对于GBR QoS流来说,SMF还可以指示基站监测UE与基站件的信道质量,当UE与基站间的信道质量不满足QoS需求时,可以通知SMF调整相应的QoS参数。After the SMF establishes the PDU session, the QFI used by the downlink data in the PDU session and its corresponding QoS parameters are sent to the base station (eg gNB) through the N2 message, and the QFI used for the downlink data in the PDU session is sent to the base station (eg gNB) through the N4 interface (between the control plane SMF and the user plane network element) interface) is configured to the UPF, thereby opening the downlink data transmission link from the DN to the base station. The uplink data sending rule (QoS rule) used by the UE and the corresponding QoS parameters are sent to the UE by the SMF through the N1 message. In this way, the base station can allocate radio resources to the UE for transmitting different QoS flows according to the QoS parameters. And for the GBR QoS flow, SMF can also instruct the base station to monitor the channel quality between the UE and the base station. When the channel quality between the UE and the base station does not meet the QoS requirements, it can notify the SMF to adjust the corresponding QoS parameters.
具体地,对于保证比特率QoS流(guaranteed bit rate QoS flow,GBR QoS flow)而言,基站需要根据UE与基站间的信道质量判断无线侧的无线资源能否保障该GBR QoS Flow对应的带宽需求。当基站监测到无线空口质量不能保障GBR需求时,基站需要通知SMF更改相应的GBR QoS需求。具体地,AMF将N2 SM(会话管理,session management)容器中的信息发送给基站,N2 SM信息可以包括:PDU会话标识,QoS配置信息(QFI及其对应的QoS参数)。对于QoS配置信息中,如果QFI所标识的QoS流是GBR QoS流,则SMF还可以在QoS配置中加入notification control指示,指示RAN侧基站监测该QoS流,当空口传输速率或带宽不能满足保证流比特率(guaranteed flow bit rate,GFBR)时,需要向SMF发送通知(告警)信息。基站在告知SMF当前GFBR不能满足的同时可以附上当前可以支持的GFBR值,以及可以支持的包延迟预算(Packet Delay Budget,PDB)和包错误率(Packet Error Rate,PER)。Specifically, for a guaranteed bit rate QoS flow (guaranteed bit rate QoS flow, GBR QoS flow), the base station needs to judge whether the radio resources on the wireless side can guarantee the bandwidth requirement corresponding to the GBR QoS Flow according to the channel quality between the UE and the base station . When the base station detects that the quality of the wireless air interface cannot guarantee the GBR requirement, the base station needs to notify the SMF to change the corresponding GBR QoS requirement. Specifically, the AMF sends the information in the N2 SM (session management, session management) container to the base station, and the N2 SM information may include: PDU session identifier, QoS configuration information (QFI and its corresponding QoS parameters). For the QoS configuration information, if the QoS flow identified by the QFI is a GBR QoS flow, the SMF can also add a notification control indication to the QoS configuration to instruct the RAN side base station to monitor the QoS flow. When the air interface transmission rate or bandwidth cannot meet the guaranteed flow When the bit rate (guaranteed flow bit rate, GFBR) is set, notification (alarm) information needs to be sent to the SMF. When notifying the SMF that the current GFBR cannot be satisfied, the base station can attach the currently supported GFBR value, as well as the supported packet delay budget (Packet Delay Budget, PDB) and packet error rate (Packet Error Rate, PER).
此外,N2 SM信息也可以包括可选的QoS配置(alternative QoS profile,AQP)。其中,可选的QoS配置指的是,SMF针对同一个GBR QoS流可以为基站提供多组相应的QoS参数。例如对于GRB QoS流QFI 1,对应的QoS参数为AQP 1={5QI=1,GFBR=10Mbps},AQP 2={5QI=1,GFBR=8Mbps},AQP 3={5QI=2,GFBR=5Mbps}等。其中, 5QI(5G QoS Identifier,5G QoS指示符)为标准化的QoS参数组,由PDB,PER等QoS参数组成。例如当5QI=1时,表示其中的QoS参数为:默认优先级为20,PDB为100ms,PER为0.01,默认平均窗为2000ms。SMF在为基站AQP时,会指示当前或默认使用的QoS参数组,例如指示基站默认AQP为AQP 1。In addition, the N2 SM information may also include an optional QoS profile (alternative QoS profile, AQP). The optional QoS configuration means that the SMF can provide multiple sets of corresponding QoS parameters for the base station for the same GBR QoS flow. For example, for GRB QoS flow QFI 1, the corresponding QoS parameters are AQP 1={5QI=1, GFBR=10Mbps}, AQP 2={5QI=1, GFBR=8Mbps}, AQP 3={5QI=2, GFBR=5Mbps }Wait. Among them, 5QI (5G QoS Identifier, 5G QoS indicator) is a standardized QoS parameter group, which is composed of QoS parameters such as PDB and PER. For example, when 5QI=1, it means that the QoS parameters are: the default priority is 20, the PDB is 100ms, the PER is 0.01, and the default average window is 2000ms. When the SMF is the base station AQP, it will indicate the current or default QoS parameter group, for example, indicating that the base station's default AQP is AQP 1.
基站获取AQP后,当监测到空口速率或带宽无法满足当前AQP的QoS参数(例如AQP 1所指示的GFBR=10Mbps),但是可以满足AQP 2的QoS参数,则基站向SMF发送N2消息,其中包括QFI及可以满足的AQP信息(例如AQP 2)。After the base station obtains the AQP, when monitoring that the air interface rate or bandwidth cannot meet the QoS parameters of the current AQP (for example, GFBR=10Mbps indicated by AQP 1), but can meet the QoS parameters of AQP 2, the base station sends an N2 message to the SMF, which includes QFI and AQP information that can be satisfied (eg AQP 2).
而在中继UE与远程UE之间的PC5链接中,数据流也是基于QoS流传输,即PC5 QoS Flow。每个PC5 QoS Flow由PC5链路QoS流标识(PC5 QoS flow indicator,PFI)标识。In the PC5 link between the relay UE and the remote UE, the data flow is also transmitted based on QoS flow, that is, PC5 QoS Flow. Each PC5 QoS Flow is identified by a PC5 Link QoS Flow Indicator (PC5 QoS flow indicator, PFI).
上述描述中,由于基站可以检测到基站与UE之间的链路质量,所以当基站和UE之间的链路质量不满足通信需求时,基站可以通知SMF对QoS参数进行更改,但是,在远程UE使用中继UE与基站进行通信的场景中,即UE-to-Network场景中,基站或核心网网元SMF无法获知远程UE与中继UE之间的PC5链路的链路质量,所以,当远程UE与中继UE之间的PC5链路的链路质量不能保障GBR QoS需求时,基站无法通知SMF调整相应的QoS参数,从而不能保证保证端到端的QoS需求。In the above description, since the base station can detect the link quality between the base station and the UE, when the link quality between the base station and the UE does not meet the communication requirements, the base station can notify the SMF to change the QoS parameters. In the scenario where the UE uses the relay UE to communicate with the base station, that is, in the UE-to-Network scenario, the base station or the core network element SMF cannot know the link quality of the PC5 link between the remote UE and the relay UE. Therefore, When the link quality of the PC5 link between the remote UE and the relay UE cannot guarantee the GBR QoS requirements, the base station cannot notify the SMF to adjust the corresponding QoS parameters, so that the end-to-end QoS requirements cannot be guaranteed.
类似地,在UE-to-UE场景中,源UE也无法感知中继UE与目标UE之间的PC5链路的链路质量,从而在中继UE与目标UE之间链路质量发生变化时,也无法调整相应的QoS参数,从而不能保证端到端的QoS需求。Similarly, in the UE-to-UE scenario, the source UE cannot perceive the link quality of the PC5 link between the relay UE and the target UE, so when the link quality between the relay UE and the target UE changes , and the corresponding QoS parameters cannot be adjusted, so that the end-to-end QoS requirements cannot be guaranteed.
本申请提供了一种服务质量QoS的监测方法,在UE-to-network场景中时,使得中继UE或远程UE可以对其之前的通信质量进行监测,并在监测结果不满足预设条件时发送消息,使得网络设备在通信过程中,可以获取远程UE和中继设备之间的通信链路的链路质量变化,从而可以在远程UE和中继UE之间的链路的链路质量不满足传输需求时,更改相应的QoS参数,从而保证了端到端的QoS需求;或者,在UE-to-UE场景中时,使得中继UE或目标UE可以对其之间的通信质量进行监测,并在监测结果不满足预设条件时发送消息,使得源UE在通信过程中,可以获取目标UE和中继设备之间的通信链路的链路质量变化,从而可以在目标UE和中继UE之间的链路的链路质量不满足传输需求时,更改相应的QoS参数,从而保证了端到端的QoS需求。The present application provides a monitoring method for quality of service (QoS), in the UE-to-network scenario, the relay UE or the remote UE can monitor the previous communication quality, and when the monitoring result does not meet the preset conditions Send a message, so that the network device can obtain the link quality change of the communication link between the remote UE and the relay device during the communication process, so that the link quality of the link between the remote UE and the relay UE can be changed. When the transmission requirements are met, the corresponding QoS parameters are changed to ensure the end-to-end QoS requirements; or, in the UE-to-UE scenario, the relay UE or the target UE can monitor the communication quality between them, And send a message when the monitoring result does not meet the preset conditions, so that the source UE can obtain the link quality change of the communication link between the target UE and the relay device during the communication process, so that the target UE and the relay UE can be detected. When the link quality of the links between them does not meet the transmission requirements, the corresponding QoS parameters are changed, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
图4示出了本申请实施例的一个服务质量QoS的监测方法的示意图。如图4所示,该方法包括S410至S430,下面对这些步骤进行详细描述。FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a monitoring method for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4 , the method includes S410 to S430, and these steps will be described in detail below.
S410,第一通信设备获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系,所述第一通道用于在中继设备和终端设备之间传输数据。S410: The first communication device acquires a first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel, where the first channel is used for data transmission between the relay device and the terminal device.
可选地,作为第一种情况,本申请实施例的第一通信设备可以为该中继设备。Optionally, as the first case, the first communication device in this embodiment of the present application may be the relay device.
可选地,本申请实施例可以应用于UE-to-Network的场景中。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applied in a UE-to-Network scenario.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通道可以包括:侧链路无线承载SLRB、或所述中继设备和所述终端设备之间的无线链路控制链路RLC channel。As an embodiment, the first channel may include: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link RLC channel between the relay device and the terminal device.
可选地,上述第一通道可以对应于待监测的QoS流,其中,待监测的QoS流可以为GBR QoS流或延迟临界GBR QoS流(delay-critical GBR QoS Flow)。Optionally, the above-mentioned first channel may correspond to a QoS flow to be monitored, wherein the QoS flow to be monitored may be a GBR QoS flow or a delay-critical GBR QoS flow (delay-critical GBR QoS Flow).
现有技术中,SMF发送给基站的N2消息中,可以包括远程UE在该PDU会话中需要使用的Uu接口QoS配置信息和对应的QFI。其中,QoS配置信息中可以包括具体的 Uu QoS参数(即,5QI)和和对应的QFI,基站需要将QFI映射到数据资源承载(data radio bearer,DRB)并分配给中继UE,用于中继UE与基站间的Uu接口通信。In the prior art, the N2 message sent by the SMF to the base station may include the Uu interface QoS configuration information and the corresponding QFI that the remote UE needs to use in the PDU session. The QoS configuration information may include specific Uu QoS parameters (that is, 5QI) and the corresponding QFI. The base station needs to map the QFI to a data resource bearer (DRB) and allocate it to the relay UE for the medium Following the Uu interface communication between the UE and the base station.
具体的,基站在SDAP层将所有的QFI映射到一个或多个DRB上,而具体的映射方式在标准中不做限定。但是,在中继侧,中继UE只能看到无线链路控制链路(radio link control channel,RLC channel)粒度的信息,而QFI与RB的映射关系是在SDAP层完成。所以,中继UE无法针对单独的QoS流进行流粒度的QoS参数监控。Specifically, the base station maps all QFIs to one or more DRBs at the SDAP layer, and the specific mapping manner is not limited in the standard. However, on the relay side, the relay UE can only see the information of the radio link control link (radio link control channel, RLC channel) granularity, and the mapping relationship between QFI and RB is completed at the SDAP layer. Therefore, the relay UE cannot perform flow-granular QoS parameter monitoring for an individual QoS flow.
但是中继UE可以监测SLRB粒度的QoS参数,所以本申请实施例可以通过为中继UE建立对应于QoS流的SLRB或RLC channel,更进一步地,将待监测的QoS流映射到单独的SLRB或RLC channel上,或者指示中继UE为待监测的QoS流建立单独的SLRB,从而,使得中继UE可以监测PC5链路的链路质量,并将监测结果上报给基站或者UE,使得基站或UE可以根据监测结果调整相应的QoS参数配置,从而保证了端到端的QoS需求。However, the relay UE can monitor the QoS parameters of SLRB granularity, so the embodiment of the present application can further map the QoS flow to be monitored to a separate SLRB or RLC channel by establishing an SLRB or RLC channel corresponding to the QoS flow for the relay UE. On the RLC channel, or instruct the relay UE to establish a separate SLRB for the QoS flow to be monitored, so that the relay UE can monitor the link quality of the PC5 link and report the monitoring results to the base station or UE, so that the base station or UE can The corresponding QoS parameter configuration can be adjusted according to the monitoring results, thus ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
作为一个实施例,上述第一映射关系可以是从基站获取的,具体地,所述获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系包括:所述第一通信设备接收来自基站的所述第一映射关系。As an embodiment, the above-mentioned first mapping relationship may be obtained from the base station. Specifically, the obtaining the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the first communication device receives all the information from the base station. Describe the first mapping relationship.
作为另一个实施例,上述第一映射关系也可以是第一通信设备自己生成的,具体地,所述获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系包括:所述第一通信设备接收来自所述基站的第二通道的标识信息与所述QoS参数的第二映射关系,所述第二通道用于在所述中继设备和基站之间传输数据;所述第一通信设备为所述第二通道分配所述第一通道;所述第一通信设备建立所述第一映射关系。As another embodiment, the above-mentioned first mapping relationship may also be generated by the first communication device itself. Specifically, the obtaining the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the first communication device Receive a second mapping relationship between the identification information of the second channel of the base station and the QoS parameter, the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station; the first communication device is The second channel allocates the first channel; the first communication device establishes the first mapping relationship.
可选地,所述第二通道可以包括:数据无线承载DRB,或所述中继设备和所述基站之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。Optionally, the second channel may include: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
可选地,此时中继UE与远程UE使用的PC5通信模式是自组织的模式,即PC5通信资源由中继UE和远程UE在基站或核心网网元(例如PCF)预配置的无线资源池中选择,由于中继UE并不知道每个DRB对应的QoS流,以及不同QoS流对应的QoS参数,因此,中继UE与远程UE之间建立PC5链路时,需要根据上述第二通道的标识信息,从无线资源池中中获取PC5链路资源,生成相应的第一通道信息,如SLRB配置信息。Optionally, the PC5 communication mode used by the relay UE and the remote UE at this time is an ad hoc mode, that is, the PC5 communication resources are preconfigured by the relay UE and the remote UE at the base station or core network element (such as PCF) radio resources. Selection in the pool, because the relay UE does not know the QoS flow corresponding to each DRB and the QoS parameters corresponding to different QoS flows, therefore, when establishing a PC5 link between the relay UE and the remote UE, it needs to be based on the above-mentioned second channel. The identification information is obtained, PC5 link resources are obtained from the wireless resource pool, and corresponding first channel information, such as SLRB configuration information, is generated.
可选地,本申请实施例可以应用于UE-to-UE的场景中。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applied in a UE-to-UE scenario.
作为一个实施例,所述第一映射关系可以是源UE或者目标UE发送给第一通信设备的,具体地,所述获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系包括:所述第一通信设备接收来自源UE或者目标UE的所述QoS参数和QoS流的标识信息的第一映射关系;所述第一通信设备为所述QoS流的标识信息分配所述第一通道;所述第一通信设备建立所述第一映射关系。As an embodiment, the first mapping relationship may be sent by the source UE or the target UE to the first communication device. Specifically, the acquiring the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the The first communication device receives the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the QoS flow from the source UE or the target UE; the first communication device allocates the first channel for the identification information of the QoS flow; The first communication device establishes the first mapping relationship.
应理解,在UE-to-UE的场景中,中继UE可以感知到PFI粒度,因此,第一通信设备可以接收到包括QoS流的标识信息的映射关系,然后根据该QoS流的标识,向基站申请为该QoS流建立单独的SLRB,进一步地,第一通信设备可以基于该SLRB粒度进行监测。可选地,该QoS流的标识信息可以为PFI标识信息。可以理解的是,上述第一通道也可以为SLRB或该中继设备和目标UE之间的无线链路控制链路RLC channel。It should be understood that in the UE-to-UE scenario, the relay UE can perceive the PFI granularity. Therefore, the first communication device can receive the mapping relationship including the identification information of the QoS flow, and then, according to the identification of the QoS flow, send the information to the PFI. The base station applies for establishing a separate SLRB for the QoS flow, and further, the first communication device may perform monitoring based on the granularity of the SLRB. Optionally, the identification information of the QoS flow may be PFI identification information. It can be understood that the above-mentioned first channel may also be an SLRB or a radio link control link RLC channel between the relay device and the target UE.
可选地,作为第二种情况,本申请实施例的第一通信设备可以为该终端设备,如远程 UE或目标UE。Optionally, as the second case, the first communication device in this embodiment of the present application may be the terminal device, such as a remote UE or a target UE.
图2中,远程UE通过中继UE与数据网络进行通信时,其协议栈中,远程UE和数据网络的SDAP和PDCP层是直接相连的,也就是说,基站在SDAP层完成的QFI与RB的映射关系,对于远程UE来说是可以感知的,因此,本申请实施例中,基站可以将需要监测的QoS流及其对应的参数告知远程UE即可,远程UE可以根据接收到的需要监测的QoS流对应的标识及其参数,对远程UE和中继UE之间的PC5链路质量进行监测,从而保证了端到端的QoS需求;或者,在图3中,源UE通过中继设备与目标UE进行通信时,其协议栈中,源UE与目标UE的SDAP和PDCP层是直接相连的,也就是说,源UE与目标UE的SDAP和PDCP层是直接相连的,也就是说,PFI与RB的映射关系,对于源UE来说是可以感知的,因此,本申请实施例中,目标UE可以将需要监测的QoS流及其对应的参数告知源UE即可,源UE可以根据接收到的需要监测的QoS流对应的标识及其参数,对源UE和中继UE之间的PC5链路质量进行监测,从而保证了端到端的QoS需求。In Figure 2, when the remote UE communicates with the data network through the relay UE, in its protocol stack, the remote UE and the SDAP and PDCP layers of the data network are directly connected, that is to say, the QFI and RB completed by the base station in the SDAP layer The mapping relationship can be perceived by the remote UE. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, the base station can notify the remote UE of the QoS flow that needs to be monitored and its corresponding parameters, and the remote UE can monitor according to the received needs. The identifier and its parameters corresponding to the QoS flow, monitor the PC5 link quality between the remote UE and the relay UE, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements; or, in Figure 3, the source UE communicates with the relay device through the relay device. When the target UE communicates, in its protocol stack, the SDAP and PDCP layers of the source UE and the target UE are directly connected, that is, the SDAP and PDCP layers of the source UE and the target UE are directly connected, that is, the PFI The mapping relationship with the RB can be perceived by the source UE. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, the target UE can inform the source UE of the QoS flow to be monitored and its corresponding parameters, and the source UE can The identifier and its parameters corresponding to the QoS flow to be monitored are monitored, and the quality of the PC5 link between the source UE and the relay UE is monitored, thereby ensuring the end-to-end QoS requirements.
应理解,在UE-to-UE,目标UE与源UE之间的用户协议栈是相连的,所以终端设备(目标UE)可以感知源UE与目标UE之间的QoS流粒度;或者在UE-to-network的场景中,远程UE与基站之间的用户协议栈是相连的,所以远程UE可以感知远程UE与基站之间的QoS流粒度,因此,可以将待监测的QoS流的标识信息和QoS参数发送给第一通信设备,使得第一通信设备可以根据上述标识信息和QoS参数对通信质量进行监测。It should be understood that in UE-to-UE, the user protocol stack between the target UE and the source UE is connected, so the terminal device (target UE) can perceive the QoS flow granularity between the source UE and the target UE; or in UE-to-UE In the to-network scenario, the user protocol stack between the remote UE and the base station is connected, so the remote UE can perceive the QoS flow granularity between the remote UE and the base station. Therefore, the identification information of the QoS flow to be monitored can be combined with the The QoS parameters are sent to the first communication device, so that the first communication device can monitor the communication quality according to the identification information and the QoS parameters.
作为一个实施例,第一通信设备可以获取包括QoS流的映射关系,具体地,所述第一通道包括QoS流。As an embodiment, the first communication device may acquire a mapping relationship including a QoS flow, and specifically, the first channel includes a QoS flow.
可选地,该QoS流的标识可以为PFI标识或QFI标识。其中,在UE-to-UE场景时,终端设备(目标UE)通过中继设备与对端终端设备(源UE)进行通信,此时,第一通信设备可以获取包括PFI标识的映射关系,从而使得第一通信设备可以基于该PFI标识对对应的QoS流进行监测。Optionally, the identifier of the QoS flow may be a PFI identifier or a QFI identifier. Wherein, in the UE-to-UE scenario, the terminal device (target UE) communicates with the opposite terminal device (source UE) through the relay device, and at this time, the first communication device can obtain the mapping relationship including the PFI identifier, thereby The first communication device can monitor the corresponding QoS flow based on the PFI identifier.
在UE-to-network的场景,终端设备(远程UE)通过中继设备与基站进行通信,此时,第一通信设备可以获取包括QFI标识的映射关系,从而使得第一通信设备可以基于该QFI识对对应的QoS流进行监测。In the UE-to-network scenario, the terminal device (remote UE) communicates with the base station through the relay device. At this time, the first communication device can obtain the mapping relationship including the QFI identifier, so that the first communication device can use the QFI identifier to Identify and monitor the corresponding QoS flow.
可选地,第一通信设备在对QoS流对应的QoS参数进行监测之前,还可以接收指示信息,根据指示信息对QoS流的参数进行监测,具体地,所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备获取指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一通信设备监测所述第一通道的所述QoS参数。Optionally, before monitoring the QoS parameters corresponding to the QoS flow, the first communication device may also receive indication information, and monitor the parameters of the QoS flow according to the indication information. Specifically, the method further includes: the first The communication device acquires indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to monitor the QoS parameter of the first channel.
作为一个实施例,第一通信设备可以分别从对端UE(源UE)或基站获取包括QoS流的标识信息第一映射关系,具体地,所述第一通信设备为所述终端设备,所述获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系包括:所述第一通信设备接收来自基站或对端终端设备的所述第一映射关系,其中,所述第一通信设备通过所述中继设备与所述对端终端设备进行通信。As an embodiment, the first communication device may obtain the first mapping relationship including the identification information of the QoS flow from the opposite UE (source UE) or the base station respectively. Specifically, the first communication device is the terminal device, and the Obtaining the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel includes: the first communication device receiving the first mapping relationship from the base station or the opposite terminal device, wherein the first communication device passes the The relay device communicates with the opposite terminal device.
S420,所述第一通信设备监测所述第一通道的所述QoS参数。S420, the first communication device monitors the QoS parameter of the first channel.
第一通信设备根据在步骤S410中获取的第一映射关系,对PC5链路的通信质量进行监测。The first communication device monitors the communication quality of the PC5 link according to the first mapping relationship obtained in step S410.
第一通信设备可以基于第一映射关系中的SLRB标识、PFI标识或QFI标识,对中继 设备和远程UE,或者中继设备与目标UE之间的PC5链路的通信质量进行监测,如GFBR、时延、丢包率等,具体地,如,当前GFBR要求为1M/s时,中继UE可以统计10s内的接收数据,若接收数据大于等于10M,则表明当前链路质量满足GFBR要求;或者,中继UE也可以对接收到的数据包的时延进行监测,记录数据包发送时间节点的时间戳和接收时间节点的时间戳,判断数据包的时延是否满足规定时延;或者中继UE也可以对数据包的丢包率进行监测等,本申请对中继UE监测QoS参数的方法不做限制。The first communication device can monitor the communication quality of the PC5 link between the relay device and the remote UE, or between the relay device and the target UE, based on the SLRB identifier, the PFI identifier or the QFI identifier in the first mapping relationship, such as GFBR. , delay, packet loss rate, etc. Specifically, for example, when the current GFBR requirement is 1M/s, the relay UE can count the received data within 10s. If the received data is greater than or equal to 10M, it indicates that the current link quality meets the GFBR requirement ; Alternatively, the relay UE can also monitor the delay of the received data packet, record the time stamp of the data packet sending time node and the time stamp of the receiving time node, and judge whether the data packet delay meets the specified time delay; or The relay UE may also monitor the packet loss rate of the data packets, etc. The present application does not limit the method for the relay UE to monitor the QoS parameters.
S430,所述第一通信设备确定所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件时,发送第一信息。S430: When the first communication device determines that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition, send first information.
可选地,该预设条件可以为第一通信设备本地配置的,或者,预设条件也可以为第一通信设备在接收第一映射关系时同时接收到的,可选地,该预设条件可以包括,例如不满足带宽、丢包率、时延等的阈值等,本申请对此不作限定。Optionally, the preset condition may be configured locally by the first communication device, or the preset condition may also be simultaneously received by the first communication device when receiving the first mapping relationship, optionally, the preset condition It may include, for example, not meeting the thresholds of bandwidth, packet loss rate, delay, etc., which are not limited in this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。As an embodiment, the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition.
作为一个实施例,当所述第一通信设备为中继设备,且第一通信设备接收到来自基站的第二映射关系时,所述第一信息可以包括所述第二通道的标识。As an embodiment, when the first communication device is a relay device and the first communication device receives the second mapping relationship from the base station, the first information may include an identifier of the second channel.
应理解,由于此时第一通信设备获取的第一映射关系是第一通信设备自己建立的,基站对于第一通道的标识是不可感知的,因此,第一通信设备在发送第一信息时应该携带第二通道的标识。It should be understood that, since the first mapping relationship acquired by the first communication device is established by the first communication device at this time, the base station cannot perceive the identification of the first channel. Therefore, when sending the first information, the first communication device should Carry the ID of the second channel.
可选地,本申请实施例可以应用于UE-to-network场景中,此时,第一通信设备可以将监测结果发送给基站,具体地,所述发送第一信息包括:所述第一通信设备向所述基站发送所述第一信息。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applied in a UE-to-network scenario, and at this time, the first communication device may send the monitoring result to the base station. Specifically, the sending of the first information includes: the first communication The device sends the first information to the base station.
可选地,本申请实施例可以应用于UE-to-UE的场景中,此时,将监测结果发送给终端设备(远程UE或目标UE),具体地,所述发送第一信息包括:所述第一通信设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a UE-to-UE scenario. In this case, the monitoring result is sent to a terminal device (a remote UE or a target UE). Specifically, the sending the first information includes: The first communication device sends the first information to the terminal device.
可选地,本申请实施例的第一通信设备可以为终端设备,如远程UE或目标UE。Optionally, the first communication device in this embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device, such as a remote UE or a target UE.
当处于UE-to-network场景中时,远程UE获取监测结果后,可以将监测结果发送给基站,具体地,所述发送第一信息包括:所述第一通信设备向基站发送所述第一信息。In the UE-to-network scenario, after obtaining the monitoring result, the remote UE may send the monitoring result to the base station. Specifically, the sending the first information includes: the first communication device sending the first information to the base station. information.
当处于UE-to-UE场景中时,可选地,目标UE获取监测结果后,可以将监测结果发送给源UE,具体地,所述发送第一信息包括:所述第一通信设备向目标终端设备发送所述第一信息。When in a UE-to-UE scenario, optionally, after acquiring the monitoring result, the target UE may send the monitoring result to the source UE. Specifically, the sending the first information includes: sending the first communication device to the target UE. The terminal device sends the first information.
可选地,本申请实施例中的第一信息还可以携带更改的QoS参数值,具体地,所述第一信息包括不满足所述预设条件时,所述第一通道的所述QoS参数的值。Optionally, the first information in this embodiment of the present application may also carry a changed QoS parameter value. Specifically, the first information includes the QoS parameter of the first channel when the preset condition is not satisfied. value of .
可选地,所述QoS参数可以包括可选QoS配置AQP信息。Optionally, the QoS parameters may include optional QoS configuration AQP information.
可选地,通信设备还可以获取AQP值,并在监测过程中,当发现第一通道对应的AQP对应的QoS配置无法满足后,判断获取的其他AQP信息中是否有满足的AQP。Optionally, the communication device may also acquire the AQP value, and in the monitoring process, when it is found that the QoS configuration corresponding to the AQP corresponding to the first channel cannot be satisfied, determine whether there is a satisfied AQP in the acquired other AQP information.
所述QoS参数包括第一可选QoS配置AQP信息,所述第一通信设备确定所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件包括:所述第一通信设备确定所述第一通道的所述第一AQP信息对应的QoS配置无法满足;所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备选择第二AQP信息,所述第一通道的所述第二AQP信息对应的QoS配置能够。The QoS parameter includes first optional QoS configuration AQP information, and determining, by the first communication device, that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition includes: determining, by the first communication device, the first channel The QoS configuration corresponding to the first AQP information cannot be satisfied; the method further includes: selecting, by the first communication device, second AQP information, the QoS configuration corresponding to the second AQP information of the first channel can be.
当第一通信设备判断QoS配置有可以满足的AQP时,可以在发送给基站或目标UE的信息中携带该AQP。具体地,所述第一信息包括第二AQP信息,所述第二AQP信息用于请求根据所述第二AQP信息进行配置,或者用于指示已根据所述第二AQP信息进行配置。When the first communication device determines that the QoS is configured with an AQP that can be satisfied, the AQP may be carried in the information sent to the base station or the target UE. Specifically, the first information includes second AQP information, where the second AQP information is used to request configuration according to the second AQP information, or used to indicate that configuration has been performed according to the second AQP information.
应理解,第一通信设备在确定当前的第一AQP信息的QoS配置无法满足后,如果第一通信设备也接收了多个AQP信息,则第一通信设备可以判断QoS配置满足的AQP的信息,并将该满足的AQP信息上报,或者更进一步地,如果第一通信设备已经获得授权或者指示,第一通信设备可以自行根据侧链路可以支持的QoS参数情况来调整AQP值,则第一通信设备可以将当前的AQP更改为满足条件的AQP的参数,并将更改后的AQP信息上报。It should be understood that, after the first communication device determines that the QoS configuration of the current first AQP information cannot be satisfied, if the first communication device also receives multiple AQP information, the first communication device can determine the information of the AQPs that the QoS configuration satisfies, and report the satisfied AQP information, or further, if the first communication device has obtained authorization or instruction, the first communication device can adjust the AQP value according to the QoS parameters that the side link can support, then the first communication device can adjust the AQP value by itself. The device can change the current AQP to the parameters of the AQP that meet the conditions, and report the changed AQP information.
可选地,第一通信设备在发送第一信息时,还可以同时指示基站或目标UE更改第一通道的QoS参数。具体地,所述发送第一信息包括:所述第一通信设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一信息,所述第一消息用于指示更改所述第一通道的QoS配置。Optionally, when sending the first information, the first communication device may also instruct the base station or the target UE to change the QoS parameter of the first channel at the same time. Specifically, the sending the first information includes: the first communication device sending a first message, where the first message includes the first information, and the first message is used to instruct to change the QoS of the first channel configuration.
本申请实施例中,第一通信设备通过获取包括QoS参数和通道标识的映射关系,并根据映射关系对中继设备和远程UE之间的通道进行监测,当第一通信设备监测到通道通信质量不满足预设条件时,向基站或目标UE发送消息,从而使得基站或UE可以获取中继设备和远程UE之间的PC5链路的通信质量,并根据该通信质量更改相应的QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device obtains a mapping relationship including QoS parameters and channel identifiers, and monitors the channel between the relay device and the remote UE according to the mapping relationship. When the first communication device monitors the communication quality of the channel When the preset conditions are not met, send a message to the base station or the target UE, so that the base station or UE can obtain the communication quality of the PC5 link between the relay device and the remote UE, and change the corresponding QoS parameters according to the communication quality, and then End-to-end QoS requirements are guaranteed.
图5示出了本申请实施例的另一个服务质量QoS的监测方法的示意图。如图5所示,该方法包括S510和S520,下面对这两个步骤进行详细描述。FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of another monitoring method for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5 , the method includes S510 and S520, and the two steps are described in detail below.
S510,第二通信设备发送QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系。S510: The second communication device sends a first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通道用于在中继设备和终端设备(如远程UE或目标UE)之间传输数据。As an embodiment, the first channel is used to transmit data between a relay device and a terminal device (eg, a remote UE or a target UE).
可选地,本申请实施例可以应用于UE-to-network的场景中。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applied in a UE-to-network scenario.
可选地,本申请实施例中的第二通信设备可以为基站。Optionally, the second communication device in this embodiment of the present application may be a base station.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通道可以包括:侧链路无线承载SLRB、或所述中继设备和所述终端设备之间的无线链路控制链路RLC channel。As an embodiment, the first channel may include: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link RLC channel between the relay device and the terminal device.
作为一个实施例,所述第二通信设备发送QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系之前,所述方法还包括:所述第二通信设备获取第二通道的标识信息,所述第二通道用于在所述中继设备和所述第二通信设备之间传输数据;所述基站为所述第二通道分配所述第一通道;所述基站建立所述第一映射关系。As an embodiment, before the second communication device sends the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel, the method further includes: acquiring, by the second communication device, identification information of the second channel, and the The second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the second communication device; the base station allocates the first channel to the second channel; and the base station establishes the first mapping relationship.
可选地,所述第二通道可以包括:数据无线承载DRB,或所述中继设备和所述第二通信设备之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。Optionally, the second channel may include: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the second communication device.
可选地,第二通信设备可以将上述第一映射关系发送给中继设备。或者,第二通信设备也可以将上述第一映射关系发送给终端设备(如远程UE)。Optionally, the second communication device may send the above-mentioned first mapping relationship to the relay device. Alternatively, the second communication device may also send the above-mentioned first mapping relationship to a terminal device (eg, a remote UE).
作为另一个实施例,第二通信设备可以向终端设备(如远程UE)发送上述第一映射关系,此时,第一通道可以包括QoS流。可选地,该QoS流的标识信息可以为QFI标识信息。As another embodiment, the second communication device may send the above-mentioned first mapping relationship to a terminal device (eg, a remote UE), and in this case, the first channel may include a QoS flow. Optionally, the identification information of the QoS flow may be QFI identification information.
应理解,由于远程UE与基站之间的协议栈是互通的,因此,远程UE可以感知到QoS 流的粒度,因此,通过将包含QoS流的标识信息的映射关系发送给远程UE,可以使得远程UE基于QoS流进行监测。It should be understood that since the protocol stacks between the remote UE and the base station are interoperable, the remote UE can perceive the granularity of the QoS flow. Therefore, by sending the mapping relationship including the identification information of the QoS flow to the remote UE, the remote UE can The UE performs monitoring based on QoS flows.
可选地,本申请实施例可以应用于UE-to-UE的场景中。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applied in a UE-to-UE scenario.
可选地,本申请实施例中的第二通信设备可以为终端设备(或源UE)。Optionally, the second communication device in this embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device (or a source UE).
此时,第二通信设备发送QoS流的标识信息,具体地,所述第一通道包括QoS流。At this time, the second communication device sends the identification information of the QoS flow. Specifically, the first channel includes the QoS flow.
作为一个实施例,第二通信设备可以将需要进行监测的QoS流对应的通道信息发送给中继UE或目标UE,具体地,所述第一通道包括QoS流。可选地,该第一通道的标识可以为PFI标识。As an embodiment, the second communication device may send channel information corresponding to the QoS flow that needs to be monitored to the relay UE or the target UE. Specifically, the first channel includes the QoS flow. Optionally, the identifier of the first channel may be a PFI identifier.
应理解,在UE-to-UE的场景中,源UE与目标UE的用户协议栈是相连的,所以终端设备(源UE或目标UE)可以感知源UE与目标UE之间的QoS流粒度,因此,可以将待监测的QoS流的标识信息和QoS参数发送给第二通信设备(中继UE或目标UE),使得通信设备可以根据上述标识信息和QoS参数对通信质量进行监测。It should be understood that in the UE-to-UE scenario, the user protocol stacks of the source UE and the target UE are connected, so the terminal device (source UE or target UE) can perceive the QoS flow granularity between the source UE and the target UE, Therefore, the identification information and QoS parameters of the QoS flow to be monitored can be sent to the second communication device (relay UE or target UE), so that the communication device can monitor the communication quality according to the identification information and QoS parameters.
S520,所述第二通信设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。S520. The second communication device receives first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition.
可选地,该预设条件可以为第一通信设备本地配置的,或者,预设条件也可以为第一通信设备在接收第一映射关系时同时接收到的,可选地,该预设条件可以包括,例如不满足带宽、丢包率、时延等的阈值等,本申请对此不作限定。作为一个实施例,当所述第一通道包括SLRB或RLC channel时,第二通信设备可以从中继设备接收第一信息,具体地,所述第二通信设备接收第一信息包括:所述第二通信设备从所述中继设备接收所述第一信息。Optionally, the preset condition may be configured locally by the first communication device, or the preset condition may also be simultaneously received by the first communication device when receiving the first mapping relationship, optionally, the preset condition It may include, for example, not meeting the thresholds of bandwidth, packet loss rate, delay, etc., which are not limited in this application. As an embodiment, when the first channel includes an SLRB or an RLC channel, the second communication device may receive the first information from the relay device. Specifically, the second communication device receiving the first information includes: the second communication device The communication device receives the first information from the relay device.
作为另一个实施例,当所述第一通道包括SLRB或RLC channel或QoS流时,第二通信设备可以从终端设备或中继设备接收所述第一信息,具体地,所述第二通信设备接收第一信息包括:所述第二通信设备从所述终端设备或所述中继设备接收所述第一信息。As another embodiment, when the first channel includes SLRB or RLC channel or QoS flow, the second communication device may receive the first information from a terminal device or a relay device, specifically, the second communication device Receiving the first information includes: the second communication device receiving the first information from the terminal device or the relay device.
本申请实施例中,通过基站为远程UE或中继UE,或者源UE为中继UE或目标UE配置包括QoS参数和通道标识信息的映射关系,使得远程UE或中继UE或者目标UE可以根据映射关系,对中继UE和远程UE之间,或者中继UE和目标UE之间的PC5链路中的需要进行监测的QoS流进行监测,从而在PC5链路中的通信质量不满足预设条件时,远程UE或中继UE或目标UE可以向基站或目标UE发送信息,从而使得基站或目标UE可以在PC5链路中的通信质量不满足预设条件时,更改相应的QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。In the embodiment of the present application, the base station is the remote UE or the relay UE, or the source UE is the relay UE or the target UE, and the mapping relationship including the QoS parameter and the channel identification information is configured, so that the remote UE or the relay UE or the target UE can The mapping relationship is to monitor the QoS flow that needs to be monitored in the PC5 link between the relay UE and the remote UE, or between the relay UE and the target UE, so that the communication quality in the PC5 link does not meet the preset condition, the remote UE or the relay UE or the target UE can send information to the base station or the target UE, so that the base station or the target UE can change the corresponding QoS parameters when the communication quality in the PC5 link does not meet the preset conditions, and then End-to-end QoS requirements are guaranteed.
图6示出了本申请实施例的另一个服务质量QoS的监测方法的示意图。如图6所示,该方法包括S610和S620,下面对这两个步骤进行详细描述。FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of another monitoring method for quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6 , the method includes S610 and S620, and the two steps are described in detail below.
S610,第三通信设备发送QoS参数与第二通道的标识信息的第二映射关系。S610: The third communication device sends a second mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the second channel.
作为一个实施例,所述第二通道用于在中继设备和基站之间传输数据。As an embodiment, the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station.
可选地,本申请实施例可以应用于UE-to-network的场景中,其中,第三通信设备可以为基站。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applied in a UE-to-network scenario, where the third communication device may be a base station.
可选地,所述第二通道可以包括:数据无线承载DRB,或所述中继设备和所述基站之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。Optionally, the second channel may include: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
可选地,该第三通道可以为对应于需要待监测的QoS流的通道,其中,待监测的QoS 流可以为GBR QoS流或延迟临界GBR QoS流。Optionally, the third channel may be a channel corresponding to a QoS flow to be monitored, wherein the QoS flow to be monitored may be a GBR QoS flow or a delay-critical GBR QoS flow.
S620,所述第三通信设备接收第一信息。S620, the third communication device receives the first information.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信息用于指示所述第二通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。As an embodiment, the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the second channel does not meet a preset condition.
作为一个实施例,第三通信设备可以从中继设备接收第一信息,具体地,所述第三通信设备接收第一信息包括:所述第三通信设备从所述中继设备接收所述第一信息。As an embodiment, the third communication device may receive the first information from the relay device, and specifically, the third communication device receiving the first information includes: the third communication device receiving the first information from the relay device information.
本申请实施例中,通过基站为中继UE配置包括QoS参数和通道标识信息的映射关系,使得中继UE可以根据映射关系,对中继UE和远程UE之间的PC5链路中的需要进行监测的QoS流进行监测,从而在PC5链路中的通信质量不满足预设条件时,中继UE可以向基站发送信息,从而使得基站可以在PC5链路中的通信质量不满足预设条件时,更改相应的QoS参数,继而保证了端到端的QoS需求。In this embodiment of the present application, the base station configures the relay UE with a mapping relationship including QoS parameters and channel identification information, so that the relay UE can perform needs in the PC5 link between the relay UE and the remote UE according to the mapping relationship. The monitored QoS flow is monitored, so that when the communication quality in the PC5 link does not meet the preset conditions, the relay UE can send information to the base station, so that the base station can send information to the base station when the communication quality in the PC5 link does not meet the preset conditions , change the corresponding QoS parameters, and then ensure the end-to-end QoS requirements.
图7示出了本申请实施例的一个中继设备监测QoS的流程示意图。FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of a relay device monitoring QoS according to an embodiment of the present application.
如图7所示,S701,远程UE通过中继UE与网络之间建立UE-to-Network的连接。As shown in FIG. 7 , in S701 , the remote UE establishes a UE-to-Network connection between the relay UE and the network.
S702,远程UE通过基站向远程UE的AMF发送PDU会话建立/更改请求消息,具体地,远程UE与中继UE建立PC5连接后,远程UE通过基站向远程UE的AMF发送PDU会话建立/更改请求消息,请求通过中继与网络建立连接。远程UE可以通过非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)消息向远程UE的AMF请求通过中继与网络建立连接。可选地,远程UE可以通过中继UE向基站发送RRC消息(此时,基站可以获取远程UE和中继UE的绑定关系),其中包括NAS消息(NAS消息为请求通过中继与网络建立连接)。基站收到中继转发的远程UE的RRC消息后,将其中的NAS消息转发给远程UE的AMF。同时,基站可以从RRC消息中获取到中继的标识,由此获得远程UE和中继UE的绑定关系。S702, the remote UE sends a PDU session establishment/change request message to the AMF of the remote UE through the base station. Specifically, after the remote UE establishes a PC5 connection with the relay UE, the remote UE sends a PDU session establishment/change request to the AMF of the remote UE through the base station message, requesting a connection to the network through a relay. The remote UE may request the AMF of the remote UE to establish a connection with the network through a relay through a non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) message. Optionally, the remote UE can send an RRC message to the base station through the relay UE (at this time, the base station can obtain the binding relationship between the remote UE and the relay UE), including a NAS message (the NAS message is a request to establish a connection with the network through the relay). connect). After receiving the RRC message of the remote UE forwarded by the relay, the base station forwards the NAS message in it to the AMF of the remote UE. At the same time, the base station can obtain the identifier of the relay from the RRC message, thereby obtaining the binding relationship between the remote UE and the relay UE.
S703,AMF转发远程UE的PDU会话建立/更改请求消息给SMF。S703, the AMF forwards the PDU session establishment/modification request message of the remote UE to the SMF.
S704,可选的,如果SMF本地没有保存PCC规则,则SMF从PCF获取PCC规则。S704. Optionally, if the SMF does not store the PCC rule locally, the SMF obtains the PCC rule from the PCF.
S705,SMF将建立/更改后的PDU会话信息发送给AMF。具体的,SMF可以将N1 SM容器和N2 SM容器通过Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext服务消息发送给AMF。S705, the SMF sends the established/modified PDU session information to the AMF. Specifically, the SMF can send the N1 SM container and the N2 SM container to the AMF through the Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext service message.
S706,SMF根据PCC规则为UPF配置N4规则。S706, the SMF configures the N4 rule for the UPF according to the PCC rule.
S707,AMF将N1 SM容器中的信息发送给远程UE,其中,N1 SM信息可以包括:PDU会话标识,更改的QoS规则对应的QoS参数S707, the AMF sends the information in the N1 SM container to the remote UE, where the N1 SM information may include: PDU session identifier, QoS parameters corresponding to the changed QoS rules
S708,AMF将N2 SM容器中的信息发送给基站,N2 SM信息可以包括:PDU会话标识,QoS配置信息(可以包括QoS流标识(QoS Flow Identifier,QFI)及其对应的QoS参数)。对于QoS配置信息中,如果QFI所标识的QoS流是保证比特率QoS流(guaranteed bit rate QoS flow,GBR QoS流),则SMF还可以在QoS配置中加入Notification Control指示,指示基站监测该QoS流,当空口传输速率或带宽不能满足保证流比特率(guaranteed flow bit rate,GFBR)时,需要向SMF发送通知(告警)信息。可选地,基站在告知SMF当前GFBR不能满足的同时可以附上当前可以支持的GFBR值,以及可以支持的包延迟预算(Packet Delay Budget,PDB)和包错误率(Packet Error Rate,PER)。S708, the AMF sends the information in the N2 SM container to the base station, and the N2 SM information may include: a PDU session identifier, and QoS configuration information (which may include a QoS flow identifier (QoS Flow Identifier, QFI) and its corresponding QoS parameters). For the QoS configuration information, if the QoS flow identified by the QFI is a guaranteed bit rate QoS flow (guaranteed bit rate QoS flow, GBR QoS flow), the SMF can also add a Notification Control indication to the QoS configuration to instruct the base station to monitor the QoS flow , when the transmission rate or bandwidth of the air interface cannot meet the guaranteed flow bit rate (GFBR), a notification (alarm) message needs to be sent to the SMF. Optionally, when notifying the SMF that the current GFBR cannot be satisfied, the base station may attach the currently supported GFBR value, as well as the supported packet delay budget (Packet Delay Budget, PDB) and packet error rate (Packet Error Rate, PER).
此外,N2 SM信息也可以包括可选的QoS配置(Alternative QoS Profile,AQP)。其中,可选的QoS配置指的是,SMF针对同一个GBR QoS流可以为基站提供多组相应的 QoS参数。例如对于GRB QoS流QFI 1,对应的QoS参数为AQP 1={5QI=1,GFBR=10Mbps},AQP 2={5QI=1,GFBR=8Mbps},AQP 3={5QI=2,GFBR=5Mbps}等。其中,5G QoS指示符(5G QoS Identifier,5QI)为标准化的QoS参数组,由PDB,PER等QoS参数组成。例如当5QI=1时,表示其中的QoS参数为:默认优先级为20,PDB为100ms,PER为0.01,默认平均窗为2000ms。SMF在为基站发送AQP时,会指示当前或默认使用的QoS参数组,例如指示基站默认AQP为AQP 1。基站获取AQP后,当监测到空口速率或带宽无法满足当前AQP的QoS参数(例如AQP 1所指示的GFBR=10Mbps),但是可以满足AQP 2的QoS参数,则基站可以向SMF发送N2消息,其中包括当前的QFI及可以满足当前空口速率或带宽的AQP信息(例如AQP 2)。In addition, the N2 SM information may also include an optional QoS profile (Alternative QoS Profile, AQP). The optional QoS configuration means that the SMF can provide the base station with multiple sets of corresponding QoS parameters for the same GBR QoS flow. For example, for GRB QoS flow QFI 1, the corresponding QoS parameters are AQP 1={5QI=1, GFBR=10Mbps}, AQP 2={5QI=1, GFBR=8Mbps}, AQP 3={5QI=2, GFBR=5Mbps }Wait. Among them, the 5G QoS indicator (5G QoS Identifier, 5QI) is a standardized QoS parameter group, which is composed of QoS parameters such as PDB and PER. For example, when 5QI=1, it means that the QoS parameters are: the default priority is 20, the PDB is 100ms, the PER is 0.01, and the default average window is 2000ms. When the SMF sends AQP for the base station, it will indicate the current or default QoS parameter group, for example, instructing the base station to default the AQP to AQP 1. After the base station obtains the AQP, when it monitors that the air interface rate or bandwidth cannot meet the QoS parameters of the current AQP (for example, GFBR=10Mbps indicated by AQP 1), but can meet the QoS parameters of AQP 2, the base station can send an N2 message to the SMF, in which Including the current QFI and AQP information (such as AQP 2) that can satisfy the current air interface rate or bandwidth.
应理解,步骤S101至步骤S108属于现有技术,本申请实施例仅对与本申请相关内容进行解释,其他具体内容参见现有技术,本申请实施例在此不做过多赘述。It should be understood that steps S101 to S108 belong to the prior art, the embodiments of the present application only explain the contents related to the present application, and other specific contents refer to the prior art, and the embodiments of the present application will not be repeated here.
S709,基站向中继UE发送PC5链路的配置信息和需要中继UE监测的QoS参数信息。S709, the base station sends the configuration information of the PC5 link and the QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored by the relay UE to the relay UE.
一方面,在S708中,基站在接收到N2消息中的有关QoS配置之后,基站会在SDAP层将所有的QFI对应的QoS流映射到一个或多个DRB上,每个DRB由相应的DRB ID所标识,具体的映射方式在本申请实施例中不做限定。由于QFI与DRB ID的映射关系是在SDAP层完成的,而在中继UE侧,中继UE只能看到无线链路控制链路(Radio Link Control Channel,RLC Channel)粒度的信息(DRB ID与RLC Channel ID的映射关系),所以无法看到QoS流粒度的信息。因此,中继无法针对单独的QoS流进行流粒度的QoS参数监控,另一方面,中继UE在PC5链路上也只能监测SLRB粒度的信息(RLC层及以下的信息),所以,为了实现中继UE对需要进行监测的QoS流进行监测,基站需要将需要中继进行监测的Uu QoS流映射到单独的SLRB并将该SLRB和需要中继UE监测的QoS参数信息发送给中继。这里的QoS参数信息可以是某个具体的QoS参数及其对应的QoS参数的第一阈值,或者当有多具体的QoS参数时也可以有多个对应的阈值(例如,GFBR,PDB,PER等),或者QoS参数信息中还可以包括用于侧链路的AQP(类似于N2消息中的AQP,不同的是,该AQP不与QFI绑定,而是与单独建立的SLRB绑定)等等。On the one hand, in S708, after the base station receives the relevant QoS configuration in the N2 message, the base station maps all QoS flows corresponding to QFIs to one or more DRBs at the SDAP layer, and each DRB is assigned a corresponding DRB ID The specific mapping manner is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. Since the mapping relationship between QFI and DRB ID is done at the SDAP layer, on the relay UE side, the relay UE can only see the information (DRB ID) granularity of the radio link control link (Radio Link Control Channel, RLC Channel). The mapping relationship with RLC Channel ID), so the information of QoS flow granularity cannot be seen. Therefore, the relay cannot monitor the QoS parameters at the flow granularity for an individual QoS flow. On the other hand, the relay UE can only monitor the information of the SLRB granularity (information at the RLC layer and below) on the PC5 link. Therefore, in order to To monitor the QoS flow that needs to be monitored by the relay UE, the base station needs to map the Uu QoS flow that needs to be monitored by the relay to a separate SLRB and send the SLRB and the QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored by the relay UE to the relay. The QoS parameter information here may be the first threshold of a specific QoS parameter and its corresponding QoS parameter, or if there are more specific QoS parameters, there may also be multiple corresponding thresholds (for example, GFBR, PDB, PER, etc. ), or the QoS parameter information can also include the AQP for the side link (similar to the AQP in the N2 message, the difference is that the AQP is not bound to the QFI, but is bound to a separately established SLRB), etc. .
具体地,基站本地可以保存PC5 QoS参数和Uu QoS参数或者PC5 QoS参数和Uu QoS参数映射关系(该映射关系可以是预设在基站内,或者由网络侧的PCF网元生成通过AMF网元发送给基站)时,基站可以根据Uu QoS参数自行映射到PC5 QoS参数。或者,基站根据两者的映射关系,以及从S108中的N2消息中获取的Uu QoS参数,将Uu QoS参数映射到对应的PC5 QoS参数,例如5QI与PC5 QoS指示符(PC5 QoS Indentifier,PQI)的映射。基站根据映射得到的PQI,为远程UE和中继分配SLRB配置(与PC5 QoS参数对应)。在基站完成了Uu QoS参数与DRB的映射,和PC5 QoS参数与SLRB的映射后,RAN侧基站将DRB和SLRB的映射关系发送给中继UE,其中并将需要中继监测的PC5QoS信息随DRB和SLRB配置信息发送给中继UE。可选地,远程UE可以通过RRC消息从基站获取SLRB的配置信息,或者通过PC5-S或PC5-RRC消息从中继UE获取到SLRB的配置信息。Specifically, the base station can locally store the mapping relationship between PC5 QoS parameters and Uu QoS parameters or PC5 QoS parameters and Uu QoS parameters (the mapping relationship can be preset in the base station, or generated by the PCF network element on the network side and sent through the AMF network element. To the base station), the base station can map to the PC5 QoS parameters according to the Uu QoS parameters. Or, the base station maps the Uu QoS parameters to the corresponding PC5 QoS parameters according to the mapping relationship between the two and the Uu QoS parameters obtained from the N2 message in S108, such as 5QI and PC5 QoS indicator (PC5 QoS Indentifier, PQI) mapping. The base station allocates the SLRB configuration (corresponding to the PC5 QoS parameters) for the remote UE and the relay according to the PQI obtained by the mapping. After the base station completes the mapping between Uu QoS parameters and DRBs, and the mapping between PC5 QoS parameters and SLRBs, the base station on the RAN side sends the mapping relationship between DRBs and SLRBs to the relay UE, and sends the PC5 QoS information that needs to be monitored by the relay with the DRB. and SLRB configuration information is sent to the relay UE. Optionally, the remote UE may obtain the configuration information of the SLRB from the base station through an RRC message, or obtain the configuration information of the SLRB from the relay UE through a PC5-S or PC5-RRC message.
作为一个实施例,基站为需要监测的Uu QoS流单独分配DRB。如表1所示的,基站为中继UE分配的DRB与SLRB的映射关系。其中,基站将QFI 1映射到DRB 1中,QFI 2映射到DRB 2中。其中,QFI 1对应了GBR QoS流且需要进行监测,而QFI 2对应了非GBR QoS流且不需要监测。此时,基站需要根据上段的描述将QFI 1和QFI 2对应的Uu QoS参数映射到对应的PC5 QoS参数。之后,基站根据PC5 QoS参数,对PC5链路的SLBR进行配置。因为QFI 1对应的Uu QoS参数需要监测,所以其对应的PC5 QoS参数也需要监测。因此,基站可以将DRB 1对应到SLRB 1上,DRB 2对应到SLRB 2上,对应的绑定关系可以在Uu RLC层加入额外的指示,用于指示中继UE DRB 1与SLRB 1绑定,或者RLC Channel 1与SL RLC Channel 1绑定。或者也可以在Uu RLC层之上增加额外的子层,用于携带上述指示。此外,除了DRB 1和SLRB 1的绑定关系外,还需要携带需要中继UE监测的PC5 QoS参数信息,例如GFBR或AQP。同样的,基站指示中继UE DRB 2与SLRB 2绑定,或者RLC Channel 2与SL RLC Channel 2绑定,而不需要增加需要中继UE监测的PC5 QoS参数信息。As an embodiment, the base station allocates DRBs separately for the Uu QoS flows that need to be monitored. As shown in Table 1, the mapping relationship between DRBs and SLRBs allocated by the base station to the relay UE. Wherein, the base station maps QFI 1 to DRB 1, and QFI 2 maps to DRB 2. Among them, QFI 1 corresponds to the GBR QoS flow and needs to be monitored, while QFI 2 corresponds to the non-GBR QoS flow and does not need to be monitored. At this time, the base station needs to map the Uu QoS parameters corresponding to QFI 1 and QFI 2 to the corresponding PC5 QoS parameters according to the description in the previous paragraph. After that, the base station configures the SLBR of the PC5 link according to the PC5 QoS parameters. Because the Uu QoS parameters corresponding to QFI 1 need to be monitored, the corresponding PC5 QoS parameters also need to be monitored. Therefore, the base station can map DRB 1 to SLRB 1, and DRB 2 to SLRB 2, and the corresponding binding relationship can add an additional indication to the Uu RLC layer to instruct the relay UE to bind DRB 1 to SLRB 1. Or RLC Channel 1 is bound to SL RLC Channel 1. Alternatively, additional sublayers can be added on the Uu RLC layer to carry the above indication. In addition, in addition to the binding relationship between DRB 1 and SLRB 1, it also needs to carry PC5 QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored by the relay UE, such as GFBR or AQP. Similarly, the base station instructs the relay UE to bind DRB 2 to SLRB 2, or to bind RLC Channel 2 to SL RLC Channel 2, without adding PC5 QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored by the relay UE.
表1基站为中继UE分配的DRB与SLRB的映射关系Table 1 Mapping relationship between DRB and SLRB allocated by the base station for the relay UE
Figure PCTCN2021116152-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021116152-appb-000001
作为另一种可能的实施例,基站可以将需要监测的QoS流和不需要监测的QoS流配置在一个DRB中。如表2中所示的,基站为中继UE分配的DRB与SLRB的映射关系。基站将QFI 1、QFI 2和QFI 3映射到DRB 1中,其中,QFI 1对应了GBR QoS流,QFI 2和QFI 3对应了非GBR QoS流。同上一个例子,基站将Uu QoS参数映射到对应的PC5 QoS参数上,之后对SLRB进行配置。具体的,QFI 1对应的QoS参数需要监测,则基站可以单独为QFI 1建立一个SLRB(即SLRB 1),而为QFI 2和QFI 3单独建立一个SLRB(即SLRB 2)。DRB 1与SLRB 1和SLRB 2的绑定关系可以由基站在Uu RLC层配置给中继UE或者在Uu RLC层之上增加一个子层来携带这些配置信息。同时,在Uu RLC层或额外子层中携带SLRB 1所需要监测的PC5 QoS参数。As another possible embodiment, the base station may configure the QoS flows that need to be monitored and the QoS flows that do not need to be monitored in one DRB. As shown in Table 2, the mapping relationship between DRBs and SLRBs allocated by the base station to the relay UE. The base station maps QFI 1, QFI 2, and QFI 3 to DRB 1, where QFI 1 corresponds to the GBR QoS flow, and QFI 2 and QFI 3 correspond to the non-GBR QoS flow. As in the previous example, the base station maps the Uu QoS parameters to the corresponding PC5 QoS parameters, and then configures the SLRB. Specifically, if the QoS parameters corresponding to QFI 1 need to be monitored, the base station can establish a separate SLRB (ie SLRB 1) for QFI 1 and a separate SLRB (ie SLRB 2) for QFI 2 and QFI 3. The binding relationship between DRB 1 and SLRB 1 and SLRB 2 can be configured by the base station to the relay UE at the Uu RLC layer or by adding a sublayer above the Uu RLC layer to carry these configuration information. At the same time, the PC5 QoS parameters that need to be monitored by SLRB 1 are carried in the Uu RLC layer or additional sublayer.
在本实施例中一个DRB对应多个SLRB,所以除了上述的DRB与SLRB的绑定关系外,需要做进一步的处理以实现中继转发业务。一种处理方法可以是,如果DRB可以进一步的细分为RLC Channel粒度,则QFI 1可以通过RLC Channel 1传输,而QFI 2和QFI 3可以通过RLC Channel 2传输。此时,基站可以将上述的DRB 1与SLRB 1和SLRB 2的绑定关系进行细化,RLC Channel 1与SLRB 1或者SLRB 1中的SL RLC Channel 1进行绑定,将RLC Channel 2与SLRB 2或SLRB 2中的SL RLC Channel 2进行绑定。另一种处理方法可以是,基站将DRB 1与SLRB 1和SLRB 2的绑定关系以及需要监测的SLRB 1的PC5 QoS参数配置给中继UE后,在数据包的传输过程中(下行数据),对于每个用户面的数据包,需要在Uu RLC层或上述增加的额外子层中,携带指示信息,用于指示该数据包使用SLRB 1或SLRB 2进行PC5传输。由此,中继可以准确的进行Uu接口与PC5 接口的数据包中继服务。In this embodiment, one DRB corresponds to multiple SLRBs, so in addition to the above-mentioned binding relationship between the DRB and the SLRB, further processing needs to be performed to realize the relay forwarding service. A processing method may be that if the DRB can be further subdivided into RLC Channel granularity, QFI 1 can be transmitted through RLC Channel 1, while QFI 2 and QFI 3 can be transmitted through RLC Channel 2. At this time, the base station can refine the above-mentioned binding relationship between DRB 1 and SLRB 1 and SLRB 2, bind RLC Channel 1 to SLRB 1 or SL RLC Channel 1 in SLRB 1, and bind RLC Channel 2 to SLRB 2 or SL RLC Channel 2 in SLRB 2 for binding. Another processing method may be that after the base station configures the binding relationship between DRB 1 and SLRB 1 and SLRB 2 and the PC5 QoS parameters of SLRB 1 to be monitored to the relay UE, in the process of data packet transmission (downlink data) , for each user plane data packet, it is necessary to carry indication information in the Uu RLC layer or the additional sublayer added above to instruct the data packet to use SLRB 1 or SLRB 2 for PC5 transmission. Therefore, the relay can accurately perform the data packet relay service between the Uu interface and the PC5 interface.
表2基站为中继UE分配的DRB与SLRB的映射关系Table 2 Mapping relationship between DRB and SLRB allocated by base station for relay UE
Figure PCTCN2021116152-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021116152-appb-000002
S710,基站向SMF反馈基站侧无线空口信息,包括空口地址,空口是否可以支持QoS配置所示的QoS参数等。S710, the base station feeds back wireless air interface information on the base station side to the SMF, including the air interface address, whether the air interface can support the QoS parameters shown in the QoS configuration, and the like.
S711,SMF根据RAN侧基站反馈的信息,对UPF的N4会话配置进行更新,包括:通知UPF空口地址,相应的QoS配置参数更改等。S711, the SMF updates the N4 session configuration of the UPF according to the information fed back by the base station on the RAN side, including: notifying the UPF of the air interface address, changing the corresponding QoS configuration parameters, and the like.
S712,PDU会话建立或更改完成后,远程UE通过中继进行蜂窝通信。S712, after the establishment or modification of the PDU session is completed, the remote UE performs cellular communication through the relay.
S713,中继UE与远程UE在PC5通信过程中对侧链路中的的QoS参数进行监测,如GFBR、时延、丢包率等,具体地,如,当前GFBR要求为1M/s时,中继UE可以统计10s内的接收数据,若接收数据大于等于10M,则表明当前链路质量满足GFBR要求;或者,中继UE也可以对接收到的数据包的时延进行监测,记录数据包发送时间节点的时间戳和接收时间节点的时间戳,判断数据包的时延是否满足规定时延;或者中继UE也可以对数据包的丢包率进行监测等,本申请对中继UE监测QoS参数的方法不做限制。S713, the relay UE and the remote UE monitor the QoS parameters in the side link during the PC5 communication process, such as GFBR, delay, packet loss rate, etc. Specifically, for example, when the current GFBR requirement is 1M/s, The relay UE can count the received data within 10s. If the received data is greater than or equal to 10M, it indicates that the current link quality meets the GFBR requirements; alternatively, the relay UE can also monitor the delay of the received data packets and record the data packets The time stamp of the sending time node and the time stamp of the receiving time node are used to determine whether the delay of the data packet meets the specified delay; or the relay UE can also monitor the packet loss rate of the data packet, etc. This application monitors the relay UE. The method of QoS parameters is not limited.
S710-S713属于现有技术,本申请实施例不做过多赘述。S710-S713 belong to the prior art, and the embodiments of this application will not describe them in detail.
S714,中继UE判断监测得到的单独建立的SLRB对应的QoS参数监测结果是否满足当前的QoS参数的第一阈值,当中继UE判断当前监测得到的QoS参数监测结果不满足当前的QoS参数的第一阈值要求时,向基站发送反馈消息。S714, the relay UE determines whether the monitoring result of the QoS parameter corresponding to the separately established SLRB obtained by monitoring meets the first threshold of the current QoS parameter, and when the relay UE determines that the monitoring result of the QoS parameter obtained by the current monitoring does not meet the first threshold of the current QoS parameter When a threshold is required, a feedback message is sent to the base station.
即S715,中继UE向基站发送侧行链路监测结果。具体地,因为中继设备中的SLRB配置信息是基站为中继UE配置的,所以基站中保存有该SLRB配置信息,如DRB或RLC channel ID和SLRB以及QIF的对应关系,因此,中继UE的监测结果中,可以携带DRB ID或RLC Channel ID或SLRB ID和侧链路的QoS监测结果(如监测得到的GFBR值等)。例如,基站为中继UE分配DRB与SLRB配置时,向中继发送了{DRB 1,SLRB 1,GFBR=10Mbps}的信息,当中继UE在步骤S714中监测出侧链路空口(PC5接口)只能支持GFBR=8Mbps的情况,则向基站发送QoS反馈消息可以是SLRB 1的GFBR不能满足,同时,可以加上可以满足的GFBR=8Mbps。因为DRB或RLC Channel与SLRB可能存在对应关系,所以,中继UE向基站发送QoS反馈消息时,也可以仅携带DRB ID或RLC Channel ID。基站在接收到DRB ID或RLC channel ID时,可以从对应关系中确认对应的SLRB ID。此外,这里的QoS参数也可以是时延指标,丢包率指标等等。That is, S715, the relay UE sends the sidelink monitoring result to the base station. Specifically, because the SLRB configuration information in the relay device is configured by the base station for the relay UE, the base station stores the SLRB configuration information, such as the corresponding relationship between the DRB or RLC channel ID and SLRB and QIF, therefore, the relay UE In the monitoring result, it can carry the DRB ID or RLC Channel ID or SLRB ID and the QoS monitoring result of the side link (such as the GFBR value obtained by monitoring, etc.). For example, when the base station allocates DRB and SLRB configurations for the relay UE, it sends the information of {DRB 1, SLRB 1, GFBR=10Mbps} to the relay, and when the relay UE monitors the side link air interface (PC5 interface) in step S714 If only GFBR=8Mbps can be supported, the QoS feedback message sent to the base station may be that the GFBR of SLRB 1 cannot be satisfied, and at the same time, the satisfiable GFBR=8Mbps can be added. Because the DRB or RLC Channel may have a corresponding relationship with the SLRB, when the relay UE sends the QoS feedback message to the base station, it may only carry the DRB ID or RLC Channel ID. When the base station receives the DRB ID or RLC channel ID, it can confirm the corresponding SLRB ID from the corresponding relationship. In addition, the QoS parameter here may also be a delay indicator, a packet loss rate indicator, and the like.
进一步地,当基站向中继UE发送的需要监测的QoS信息中还包括AQP信息,如对于SLRB1,对应的QoS参数为AQP 1={PER=0.01,PDB=100ms,GFBR=10Mbps},AQP 2={PER=0.01,PDB=100ms,GFBR=8Mbps},AQP 3={PER=0.001,PDB=200ms, GFBR=5Mbps}等,且当前使用AQP 1。则当中继UE在步骤S714中监测出侧链路空口(PC5接口)只能支持GFBR=8Mbps的情况,且PER可以满足0.01要求,PDB可以满足100ms要求,中继UE可以判断当前侧链路的SLRB 1的QoS参数可以从AQP 1调整到AQP 2。那么,中继UE在QoS反馈消息中,可以通知基站,当前AQP 1的QoS参数中GFBR不能满足,以及PER和PDB可以满足的情况或者可以满足AQP 2。由基站来判断是否将SLRB 1的QoS参数调整为AQP 2。Further, when the QoS information that needs to be monitored sent by the base station to the relay UE also includes AQP information, for example, for SLRB1, the corresponding QoS parameters are AQP 1={PER=0.01, PDB=100ms, GFBR=10Mbps}, AQP 2 ={PER=0.01, PDB=100ms, GFBR=8Mbps}, AQP 3={PER=0.001, PDB=200ms, GFBR=5Mbps}, etc., and AQP 1 is currently used. Then, when the relay UE monitors in step S714 that the side link air interface (PC5 interface) can only support GFBR=8Mbps, and the PER can meet the 0.01 requirement, and the PDB can meet the 100ms requirement, the relay UE can judge the current side link. The QoS parameters of SLRB 1 can be adjusted from AQP 1 to AQP 2. Then, the relay UE can notify the base station in the QoS feedback message that the GFBR cannot be satisfied in the QoS parameters of the current AQP 1, and that the PER and PDB can be satisfied or AQP 2 can be satisfied. The base station determines whether to adjust the QoS parameter of SLRB 1 to AQP 2.
或者可选地,如果基站在之前(例如步骤S109中)授权或指示了中继UE可以自行根据侧链路可以支持的QoS参数情况来调整AQP值,则中继UE可以将SLRB 1的QoS参数调整为AQP 2后,将结果直接通过本步骤的QoS监测结果发送给基站,随消息携带SLRB ID与AQP值(这里就是SLRB 2,AQP 2)。Or alternatively, if the base station authorizes or instructs the relay UE to adjust the AQP value according to the QoS parameters supported by the side link before (for example, in step S109), the relay UE can adjust the QoS parameters of SLRB 1. After adjusting to AQP 2, the result is directly sent to the base station through the QoS monitoring result of this step, and the SLRB ID and AQP value (here is SLRB 2, AQP 2) are carried in the message.
S716,基站向SMF发起PDU会话更改请求。具体地,基站在接收到中继UE反馈的QoS消息后,根据其中的SLRB标识或DRB标识或RLC Channel标识,确认对应的QFI及相应的QoS配置信息。具体的PDU会话更改请求中,基站可以根据中继反馈的QoS参数,随请求消息携带相应的QoS信息。S716, the base station initiates a PDU session modification request to the SMF. Specifically, after receiving the QoS message fed back by the relay UE, the base station confirms the corresponding QFI and the corresponding QoS configuration information according to the SLRB identifier or the DRB identifier or the RLC Channel identifier therein. In a specific PDU session modification request, the base station may carry corresponding QoS information with the request message according to the QoS parameters fed back by the relay.
例如,如果中继反馈的是GFBR不能满足,则基站在PDU会话更改请求消息中携带GFBR不能满足的告知信息;如果中继UE还在监测结果中携带当前可以满足的GFBR信息,则基站可以在PDU会话更改请求消息中携带当前可以满足的GFBR值;如果中继UE还在监测结果中携带了更改的AQP值,则基站可以在PDU会话更改请求消息中携带当前可以支持或使用的AQP值等。For example, if the relay feeds back that the GFBR cannot be satisfied, the base station carries the notification information that the GFBR cannot be satisfied in the PDU session change request message; if the relay UE also carries the currently satisfiable GFBR information in the monitoring result, the base station can The PDU session change request message carries the currently satisfiable GFBR value; if the relay UE also carries the changed AQP value in the monitoring result, the base station can carry the currently supported or used AQP value in the PDU session change request message, etc. .
S717,SMF根据PDU会话更改请求消息中的QFI及对应的QoS信息,为UPF更改N4会话配置。S717, the SMF changes the N4 session configuration for the UPF according to the QFI and the corresponding QoS information in the PDU session change request message.
S718,SMF将更改后的PDU会话信息通过N1消息发送给远程UE,通过N2消息发送给基站。步骤S717和S718属于现有技术,本申请实施例不做过多赘述。S718, the SMF sends the modified PDU session information to the remote UE through an N1 message, and to the base station through an N2 message. Steps S717 and S718 belong to the prior art, and are not described in detail in this embodiment of the present application.
S719,基站根据N2消息,为中继UE更新SLRB或DRB或RLC Channel对应的QoS参数信息。具体地,基站根据N2消息中的QoS参数,更新SLRB配置信息,并重新发送给中继UE,使得中继UE可以更新SLRB配置信息。S719, the base station updates the QoS parameter information corresponding to the SLRB or DRB or RLC Channel for the relay UE according to the N2 message. Specifically, the base station updates the SLRB configuration information according to the QoS parameters in the N2 message, and resends the information to the relay UE, so that the relay UE can update the SLRB configuration information.
本申请实施例可以应用在UE-to-network relay场景中,基站通过为需要进行监测QoS参数的QoS流给中继设备分配单独的SLRB配置信息,使得中继设备可以根据单独配置的SLRB信息监测侧行链路的QoS参数,从而可以在远程设备和中继设备之间的侧行链路质量不满足当前QoS参数需求时,可以对侧行链路的QoS参数进行更改,从而保证了端到端的通信质量需求。The embodiments of the present application can be applied in a UE-to-network relay scenario. The base station allocates separate SLRB configuration information to the relay device for the QoS flow that needs to monitor QoS parameters, so that the relay device can monitor the relay device according to the separately configured SLRB information. QoS parameters of the side link, so that when the quality of the side link between the remote device and the relay device does not meet the current QoS parameter requirements, the QoS parameters of the side link can be changed, thus ensuring the end-to-end communication quality requirements of the terminal.
作为另一个实施例,基站不需要为中继UE发送需要进行监测的QoS参数信息,而是在按照现有技术中基站为中继设备分配PC5链路信息和DRB的映射关系时,可以同时向中继UE发送DRB与QFI的映射关系和/或SLRB与PFI的映射关系,然后,中继UE可以根据上述映射关系自行确定需要进行监测的QoS参数信息。其中如果中继UE无法获取QFI和/或PFI对应的QoS参数,则基站还需要向中继UE发送QFI和/或PFI对应的QoS参数。这里“QFI和PFI”的情况为中继UE通过QFI对应的QoS参数(Uu QoS参数)映射到对应的PFI对应的QoS参数(PC5 QoS参数),或者说中继UE没有Uu QoS参数与PC5QoS参数的对应关系(这个关系可以是中继UE从网络侧获取的预配置信息,或者是本地 储存的预配置信息)。否则,中继UE仅需要获取“QFI或PFI”的信息,即可从两者的映射关系中推导出Uu QoS参数和PC5 QoS参数的对应值。As another embodiment, the base station does not need to send the QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored for the relay UE. Instead, according to the prior art, when the base station allocates the mapping relationship between the PC5 link information and the DRB to the relay device, it can send the The relay UE sends the mapping relationship between DRB and QFI and/or the mapping relationship between SLRB and PFI, and then the relay UE can determine the QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored according to the mapping relationship. If the relay UE cannot obtain the QoS parameters corresponding to the QFI and/or the PFI, the base station also needs to send the QoS parameters corresponding to the QFI and/or the PFI to the relay UE. The case of "QFI and PFI" here is that the relay UE maps the QoS parameters (Uu QoS parameters) corresponding to QFI to the QoS parameters (PC5 QoS parameters) corresponding to the corresponding PFI, or the relay UE does not have Uu QoS parameters and PC5 QoS parameters. (this relationship may be the pre-configuration information obtained by the relay UE from the network side, or the pre-configuration information stored locally). Otherwise, the relay UE only needs to obtain the information of "QFI or PFI", and can deduce the corresponding value of the Uu QoS parameter and the PC5 QoS parameter from the mapping relationship between the two.
进一步地,如果中继UE无法获知QFI和/或PFI对应的QoS参数时,基站可以将对应的QoS参数发送给中继UE,可选地,可以是对现有NR RLC层做增强,加入额外的DRB QoS参数信息,或者在NR RCL层上增加额外的适配层(Adaptation Layer),在其中加入QoS参数。Further, if the relay UE cannot know the QoS parameters corresponding to the QFI and/or PFI, the base station can send the corresponding QoS parameters to the relay UE, optionally, the existing NR RLC layer can be enhanced by adding additional QoS parameters. DRB QoS parameter information, or add an additional adaptation layer (Adaptation Layer) on the NR RCL layer, and add QoS parameters in it.
通过直接将DRB与QFI的映射关系和/或SLRB与PFI的映射关系发送给中继UE,中继UE可以独立确定需要进行QoS监测的QFI或PFI,从而可以进一步地,对远程UE和中继UE之间的侧行链路的通信质量进行监测。对应地,中继UE发现当前SLRB链路监测的QoS结果不满足当前QoS参数需求时,向基站发送反馈消息,该反馈消息可以包括DRB或SLRB或QFI或PFI和对应的QoS监测结果。By directly sending the mapping relationship between DRB and QFI and/or the mapping relationship between SLRB and PFI to the relay UE, the relay UE can independently determine the QFI or PFI that needs to be monitored for QoS, so that the remote UE and the relay can be further monitored. The communication quality of the sidelink between UEs is monitored. Correspondingly, when the relay UE finds that the QoS result of the current SLRB link monitoring does not meet the current QoS parameter requirements, it sends a feedback message to the base station, where the feedback message may include DRB or SLRB or QFI or PFI and the corresponding QoS monitoring result.
本申请实施例通过为中继UE分配包括DRB与QFI的映射关系和/或SLRB与PFI的映射关系,使得中继UE可以获知需要进行监测的QoS参数,并对需要进行监测的QoS参数进行监测,从而在中继UE和远程UE之间的链路质量不满足需求时,可以更改参数,从而保证了端到端的通信质量需求。In this embodiment of the present application, by allocating the mapping relationship between DRB and QFI and/or the mapping relationship between SLRB and PFI to the relay UE, the relay UE can know the QoS parameters that need to be monitored, and monitor the QoS parameters that need to be monitored. , so that when the link quality between the relay UE and the remote UE does not meet the requirements, the parameters can be changed, thereby ensuring the end-to-end communication quality requirements.
图8示出了另一个中继设备监测QoS的流程示意图。本申请实施例和图7中的申请实施例类似,不同之处在于,基站不会直接为需要进行QoS监测的QoS流建立单独的SLRB配置并发送给中继UE,而是将需要进行QoS监测的QoS流对应的DRB的标识或RLC channel标识发送给中继UE,使得中继UE可以根据该标识为该需要监测的QoS流建立单独的SLRB。FIG. 8 shows a schematic flowchart of another relay device monitoring QoS. The embodiment of the present application is similar to the application embodiment in FIG. 7 , the difference is that the base station does not directly establish a separate SLRB configuration for the QoS flow requiring QoS monitoring and send it to the relay UE. The ID of the DRB or the ID of the RLC channel corresponding to the QoS flow is sent to the relay UE, so that the relay UE can establish a separate SLRB for the QoS flow that needs to be monitored according to the ID.
S801至S808与图7中的S701至S708相同,本申请实施例不再做重复赘述。S801 to S808 are the same as S701 to S708 in FIG. 7 , and detailed descriptions are not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
步骤S809a,基站向中继UE发送需要单独建立SLRB的QoS流对应的标识信息及其所对应的DRB配置,其中,该需要单独建立SLRB的QoS流对应的标识信息可以为DRB标识或DRB中的RLC channel标识等。可选的,如果基站仅将该标识信息和QoS参数信息发送给了远程UE,则远程UE需要将该消息转发给中继UE(可以通过PC5-S或PC5-RRC消息发送)。如表3所示,该DRB配置可以为基站与中继设备之间的通信链路中使用的DRB配置,具体可以包括中继UE与基站之间的RLC层,MAC层和PHY层配置,其中,RLC层配置为Uu接口所使用的RLC信道,重传机制等,MAC层配置为逻辑信道与传输信道的映射关系,混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)方式等。Step S809a, the base station sends to the relay UE the identification information corresponding to the QoS flow of the SLRB that needs to be established separately and the corresponding DRB configuration, wherein the identification information corresponding to the QoS flow of the SLRB that needs to be established separately can be the DRB identification or the DRB. RLC channel identification, etc. Optionally, if the base station only sends the identification information and the QoS parameter information to the remote UE, the remote UE needs to forward the message to the relay UE (which can be sent through a PC5-S or PC5-RRC message). As shown in Table 3, the DRB configuration may be the DRB configuration used in the communication link between the base station and the relay device, and may specifically include the RLC layer, MAC layer and PHY layer configuration between the relay UE and the base station, where , the RLC layer is configured as the RLC channel used by the Uu interface, the retransmission mechanism, etc., the MAC layer is configured as the mapping relationship between the logical channel and the transport channel, and the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) method, etc.
表3基站为远程UE配置的Uu QoS流与DRB的映射关系Table 3 Mapping relationship between Uu QoS flow and DRB configured by base station for remote UE
DRB1DRB1 NR RLC1,NR MAC1,NR PHY1NR RLC1, NR MAC1, NR PHY1 Uu QoS Profile for DRB 1Uu QoS Profile for DRB 1
DRB2DRB2 NR RLC2,NR MAC2,NR PHY2NR RLC2, NR MAC2, NR PHY2 Uu QoS Profile for DRB 2Uu QoS Profile for DRB 2
可选地,基站还可以向中继UE发送需要进行监测的QoS参数信息。这里的QoS参数信息可以是某个具体的QoS参数及其对应的QoS参数的第一阈值,或者当有多具体的QoS参数时也可以有多个对应的阈值(例如,GFBR,PDB,PER等),或者QoS参数信息中还可以包括用于侧链路的AQP等等。Optionally, the base station may also send QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored to the relay UE. The QoS parameter information here may be the first threshold of a specific QoS parameter and its corresponding QoS parameter, or if there are more specific QoS parameters, there may also be multiple corresponding thresholds (for example, GFBR, PDB, PER, etc. ), or the QoS parameter information may also include AQP for the side link, etc.
S809b,中继UE完成SLRB配置。此时中继UE与远程UE使用的PC5通信模式是自组织的模式,即PC5通信资源由中继UE和远程UE在基站或核心网网元(例如PCF)预配置的无线资源池中选择,由于中继UE并不知道每个DRB对应的QoS流,以及不同 QoS流对应的QoS参数,因此,中继UE与远程UE之间建立PC5链路时,需要根据上述DRB配置(如表2所示)从无线资源池中中获取PC5链路资源,生成单独的SLRB配置信息,完成如表4所示的相应的SLRB配置(PC5 RLC,PC5 MAC和PC5 PHY的配置)。具体地,基于如表3中所示的DRB配置中的Uu QoS配置信息,中继UE需要将其对应到PC5 QoS上,具体的映射规则(即Uu QoS参数与PC5 QoS参数的对应关系)可以由基站或者核心网网元(例如PCF)预配置给中继UE。在进行SLRB配置时,中继UE可以根据推导出的PC5 QoS参数进行底层的无线资源选择,例如根据带宽选择物理信道频段带宽等。S809b, the relay UE completes the SLRB configuration. At this time, the PC5 communication mode used by the relay UE and the remote UE is an ad hoc mode, that is, the PC5 communication resources are selected by the relay UE and the remote UE from the radio resource pool preconfigured by the base station or core network element (such as PCF), Since the relay UE does not know the QoS flow corresponding to each DRB and the QoS parameters corresponding to different QoS flows, when the PC5 link is established between the relay UE and the remote UE, it needs to be configured according to the above DRB (as shown in Table 2). (shown) obtain PC5 link resources from the wireless resource pool, generate separate SLRB configuration information, and complete the corresponding SLRB configuration shown in Table 4 (PC5 RLC, PC5 MAC and PC5 PHY configuration). Specifically, based on the Uu QoS configuration information in the DRB configuration as shown in Table 3, the relay UE needs to correspond to the PC5 QoS, and the specific mapping rules (that is, the corresponding relationship between the Uu QoS parameters and the PC5 QoS parameters) can be It is pre-configured to the relay UE by the base station or core network element (eg PCF). During SLRB configuration, the relay UE can select the underlying radio resources according to the derived PC5 QoS parameters, for example, select the physical channel frequency band bandwidth according to the bandwidth, etc.
在建立DRB与SLRB的映射关系后,中继UE可以准确的将Uu或PC5接收到的数据包通过PC5或Uu口进行发送。例如,当远程UE的QFI 1(QFI 1包含在DRB 1中)对应的数据包经过NR SDAP 1层和NR PDCP层处理后,在PC5接口上使用PC5 RLC 1,PC5 MAC 1和PC5 PHY1层的处理并发送给中继UE时,中继UE可以根据DRB与SLRB的映射关系,使用NR RLC 1,NR MAC 1和NR PHY 1对该数据包进行处理并发送给基站,基站通过每个子层对该数据包的解码,最后可以从NR SDAP1层准确的获得该QoS流的数据包。After establishing the mapping relationship between the DRB and the SLRB, the relay UE can accurately send the data packet received by the Uu or the PC5 through the PC5 or the Uu port. For example, when the data packet corresponding to QFI 1 (QFI 1 is included in DRB 1) of the remote UE is processed by the NR SDAP 1 layer and the NR PDCP layer, the PC5 RLC 1, PC5 MAC 1 and PC5 PHY1 layers are used on the PC5 interface. When processing and sending to the relay UE, the relay UE can use NR RLC 1, NR MAC 1 and NR PHY 1 to process the data packet according to the mapping relationship between DRB and SLRB and send it to the base station. The decoding of the data packet can finally obtain the data packet of the QoS flow accurately from the NR SDAP1 layer.
表4中继UE与远程UE完成SLRB的配置及SLRB与DRB的映射关系Table 4 Relay UE and remote UE complete SLRB configuration and the mapping relationship between SLRB and DRB
DRB·1 DRB 1 SLRB1SLRB1 PC5 RLC1,PC5 MAC1,PC5 PHY1PC5 RLC1, PC5 MAC1, PC5 PHY1 PC5 QoS Profile for SLRB 1PC5 QoS Profile for SLRB 1
DRB2DRB2 SLRB2SLRB2 PC5 RLC2,PC5 MAC2,PC5 PHY2PC5 RLC2, PC5 MAC2, PC5 PHY2 PC5 QoS Profile for SLRB 2PC5 QoS Profile for SLRB 2
S810至S814与图7中的申请实施例的S710至S714相同,本申请实施例不再做重复赘述。S810 to S814 are the same as S710 to S714 in the application embodiment in FIG. 7 , and repeated descriptions are not repeated in this embodiment of the application.
对应地,S815,中继UE向基站发送QoS监测结果。由于在本申请实施例中,中继UE的SLRB配置信息是中继UE生成的,而不是基站发送的,基站并不清楚SLRB具体的配置情况,例如单独建立的SLRB标识和DRB标识的对应关系等。因此,本申请实施例中,中继UE发送的监测结果可以为DRB ID或RLC channel ID和对应的QoS监测结果。Correspondingly, in S815, the relay UE sends the QoS monitoring result to the base station. Because in the embodiment of this application, the SLRB configuration information of the relay UE is generated by the relay UE, not sent by the base station, and the base station does not know the specific configuration of the SLRB, such as the correspondence between the SLRB identifier and the DRB identifier established separately. Wait. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the monitoring result sent by the relay UE may be the DRB ID or RLC channel ID and the corresponding QoS monitoring result.
其余步骤与图7中的申请实施例相同,本申请实施例不再做重复赘述。The remaining steps are the same as those of the application embodiment in FIG. 7 , and repeated descriptions are not repeated in this application embodiment.
与图7中的申请实施例类似,本申请实施例中,基站也可以向中继UE发送DRB与QFI的映射关系和/或SLRB与PFI的映射关系,并且将对应的QoS参数发送给中继UE,如此,在中继UE与远程UE建立SLRB1的配置时,中继UE可以将DRB1的QoS参数映射到SLRB1上,如此,中继UE就可以对需要进行监测的QoS流进行监测。同样的,对于SLRB1而言,可以是在现有的PC5 RLC层做增强,或者增加额外的PC5适配层。Similar to the application embodiment in FIG. 7 , in this embodiment of the application, the base station may also send the mapping relationship between DRB and QFI and/or the mapping relationship between SLRB and PFI to the relay UE, and send the corresponding QoS parameters to the relay. In this way, when the relay UE establishes the SLRB1 configuration with the remote UE, the relay UE can map the QoS parameters of the DRB1 to the SLRB1, so that the relay UE can monitor the QoS flow that needs to be monitored. Similarly, for SLRB1, the existing PC5 RLC layer can be enhanced, or an additional PC5 adaptation layer can be added.
本申请实施例提供的方法,可以使得中继UE可以根据基站发送的需要进行QoS监测的QoS流的标识及其DRB配置生成单独的SLRB,从而可以在通信过程中对需要进行监测的QoS流的QoS参数进行监测,并根据监测结果向基站发送反馈消息,从而可以在终端设备之间的侧行链路质量不满足需求时,可以对侧行链路的QoS参数进行更改,从而保证了端到端的通信质量需求。The method provided by the embodiment of the present application can enable the relay UE to generate a separate SLRB according to the identifier of the QoS flow that needs to be monitored for QoS and the DRB configuration sent by the base station, so that the identification of the QoS flow that needs to be monitored can be monitored during the communication process. QoS parameters are monitored, and feedback messages are sent to the base station according to the monitoring results, so that when the quality of the side link between terminal devices does not meet the requirements, the QoS parameters of the side link can be changed, thus ensuring end-to-end communication quality requirements of the terminal.
图9示出了本申请实施例的另一个中继设备监测QoS的流程示意图。如图9所示,网络覆盖范围内的UE从PCF获取ProSe通信参数配置进行预配置,其中包括ProSe应用所使用的默认QoS参数,其中部分ProSe应用可以使用可选QoS参数配置的情况。FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of another relay device monitoring QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9 , the UE within the network coverage obtains the ProSe communication parameter configuration from the PCF for pre-configuration, including the default QoS parameters used by the ProSe application, and some ProSe applications can use the optional QoS parameter configuration.
S901,UE1与UE2通过中继UE建立连接。S901, UE1 and UE2 establish a connection through a relay UE.
上述步骤属于现有技术,本申请实施例在此不做过多赘述。The above steps belong to the prior art, and are not described in detail in this embodiment of the present application.
S902a,UE1和/或UE2根据从PCF获取的预配置参数,对需要进行QoS监测的PFI(例如,GBR或delay-critical GBR QoS Flow)指示中继UE为UE1和UE2建立单独的SLRB,并告知中继UE需要进行监测的QoS参数信息,该QoS参数信息可以包括某个具体的QoS参数及其对应的QoS参数的第一阈值,或者当有多具体的QoS参数时也可以有多个对应的阈值(例如,GFBR,PDB,PER等),或者QoS参数信息中还可以包括用于侧链路的AQP等等。应理解,对于UE1和UE2来说,其发送的数据流可能属于不同的业务流,因此,需要UE1和UE2指示中继UE分别为对需要进行QoS监测的QoS流建立SLRB。具体地,UE1和UE2根据预配置参数,确定需要进行QoS监测的QoS流(如GBR或Delay-critical GBR QoS流)的PFI标识,向中继UE发送需要进行QoS监测的QoS流的PFI标识,并指示其为该QoS流建立单独的SLRB。可选的,UE1和UE2还可以发送指示信息,指示中继UE为UE1和UE2建立单独的SLRB。S902a, UE1 and/or UE2 instructs the relay UE to establish separate SLRBs for UE1 and UE2 for the PFI (eg, GBR or delay-critical GBR QoS Flow) requiring QoS monitoring according to the preconfigured parameters obtained from the PCF, and informs QoS parameter information that the relay UE needs to monitor. The QoS parameter information may include a specific QoS parameter and its corresponding first threshold of the QoS parameter, or if there are multiple specific QoS parameters, there may be multiple corresponding QoS parameters. Thresholds (eg, GFBR, PDB, PER, etc.), or QoS parameter information may also include AQP for side links, etc. It should be understood that the data flows sent by UE1 and UE2 may belong to different service flows. Therefore, UE1 and UE2 are required to instruct the relay UE to establish SLRBs for the QoS flows requiring QoS monitoring respectively. Specifically, UE1 and UE2 determine the PFI identifier of the QoS flow (such as GBR or Delay-critical GBR QoS flow) that needs to perform QoS monitoring according to the preconfigured parameters, and send the PFI identifier of the QoS flow that needs to be monitored for QoS to the relay UE, and instruct it to establish a separate SLRB for this QoS flow. Optionally, UE1 and UE2 may also send indication information to instruct the relay UE to establish separate SLRBs for UE1 and UE2.
具体地,UE1和UE2在现有技术中会将PC5链路中使用的PFI标识发送给中继UE,以与中继UE分别建立PC5连接,但是UE1和UE2对于发送给中继UE的PFI标识没有任何区别,中继UE不能感知哪些PFI对应的QoS流是需要进行监测的,从而不能为需要监测的QoS流建立单独的SLRB,在本申请实施例中,UE1和UE2可以在将PFI发送给中继UE时,告知中继UE需要单独建立SLRB的PFI标识,例如,UE1告知中继UE,PFI1为需要单独建立SLRB的PFI标识,FPI2为不需要单独建立SLRB的PFI标识,此时,中继UE就可以为PFI1单独建立SLRB1,其余不需要单独建立SLRB的PFI标识就可以对应于SLRB2;相应地,中继UE在与UE2建立PC5连接的过程中,还需要根据中继UE与UE1建立的PFI标识与SLRB的绑定关系与UE2建立PC5链路,如SLRB1与SLRB3对应,其余不需要进行监测的SLRB2标识与SLRB4对应,如此,在之后的数据包转发过程中,中继UE就可以对SLRB 1和SLRB 3进行QoS参数监控了。Specifically, in the prior art, UE1 and UE2 will send the PFI identifier used in the PC5 link to the relay UE to establish a PC5 connection with the relay UE respectively. There is no difference, the relay UE cannot perceive which QoS flows corresponding to the PFIs need to be monitored, and thus cannot establish a separate SLRB for the QoS flows that need to be monitored. When the relay UE is used, the relay UE is informed that the PFI identity of the SLRB needs to be established separately. For example, the UE1 informs the relay UE that the PFI1 is the PFI identity that needs to establish the SLRB separately, and the FPI2 is the PFI identity that does not need to establish the SLRB separately. The following UE can independently establish SLRB1 for PFI1, and the rest can correspond to SLRB2 without the need to establish the PFI identifier of the SLRB; correspondingly, in the process of establishing a PC5 connection with UE2, the relay UE also needs to establish a The binding relationship between the PFI identifier and the SLRB is established with the UE2 to establish a PC5 link. For example, SLRB1 corresponds to SLRB3, and the other SLRB2 identifiers that do not need to be monitored correspond to SLRB4. In this way, in the subsequent packet forwarding process, the relay UE can QoS parameters are monitored for SLRB 1 and SLRB 3.
S902b,中继UE向基站申请SLRB配置。具体地,中继UE按照现有技术,向基站发起请求消息,请求获取SLRB配置,请求消息中可以携带PC5 QoS profile,不同之处在于,本申请实施例中,中继UE还需要携带需要进行QoS监测的PFI标识,从而使得中继UE可以为需要进行QoS监测的QoS流建立单独的SLRB。S902b, the relay UE applies to the base station for SLRB configuration. Specifically, according to the prior art, the relay UE sends a request message to the base station to request to obtain the SLRB configuration, and the request message may carry the PC5 QoS profile. The difference is that in the embodiment of the present application, the relay UE also needs to carry PFI identifier for QoS monitoring, so that the relay UE can establish a separate SLRB for the QoS flow that needs to be monitored for QoS.
S903,中继UE与远程UE在PC5通信过程中对侧行链路中的QoS参数进行监测,如GFBR、时延、丢包率等。S903, the relay UE and the remote UE monitor the QoS parameters in the sidelink, such as GFBR, delay, packet loss rate, etc., during the PC5 communication process.
S904,中继UE判断监测得到的对应于单独建立的SLRB的链路质量与当前的QoS参数是否满足当前QoS参数阈值要求(如当前GFBR不能满足,或PER不能满足)。进一步地,若中继UE在步骤S902a中还获取了AQP值,则中继UE可以根据获取的AQP值判断是否有可以满足当前链路质量的AQP值。S904, the relay UE judges whether the link quality obtained by monitoring and corresponding to the separately established SLRB and the current QoS parameter meet the current QoS parameter threshold requirement (eg, the current GFBR cannot be satisfied, or the PER cannot be satisfied). Further, if the relay UE also obtains the AQP value in step S902a, the relay UE may judge whether there is an AQP value that can satisfy the current link quality according to the obtained AQP value.
S905a,当中继UE判断SLRB的链路质量不能支持当前QoS参数时,可以通过RRC消息向UE1和UE2发送消息,消息中可以携带SLRB ID/RLC channel ID以及QoS参数不能满足需求的指示。应理解,中继UE只能看到RLC层的信息,而RLC层中包括了SLRB ID与RLC Channel ID的对应关系。所以,上述SLRB 1与SLRB 3的对应关系,也可以是RLC Channel 1(SLRB 1中的RLC层)与RLC Channel 3(SLRB 3中的RLC层)的对应关系,因此,中继UE在向UE1或UE2发送消息时,也可以携带对应的RLC channel ID。 可选的,消息中还可以携带当前可以支持的QoS参数,进一步地,还可以指示可以支持的AQP标识。S905a, when the relay UE judges that the link quality of the SLRB cannot support the current QoS parameters, it can send a message to UE1 and UE2 through an RRC message, and the message can carry the SLRB ID/RLC channel ID and the indication that the QoS parameters cannot meet the requirements. It should be understood that the relay UE can only see the information of the RLC layer, and the RLC layer includes the corresponding relationship between the SLRB ID and the RLC Channel ID. Therefore, the above-mentioned correspondence between SLRB 1 and SLRB 3 can also be the correspondence between RLC Channel 1 (RLC layer in SLRB 1) and RLC Channel 3 (RLC layer in SLRB 3). Or when UE2 sends a message, it can also carry the corresponding RLC channel ID. Optionally, the message may also carry currently supportable QoS parameters, and further, may also indicate the supportable AQP identifier.
S905b,UE1和UE2根据中继UE发送的消息,可以选择与对等UE断开连接,或者,也可以根据中继UE发送的消息中携带的QoS更改配置。S905b, UE1 and UE2 can choose to disconnect from the peer UE according to the message sent by the relay UE, or can also change the configuration according to the QoS carried in the message sent by the relay UE.
S906,UE1和UE2将更新的QoS参数通过RRC消息发送给中继UE,并在消息中携带更改QoS参数的SLRB ID,以及对应的QoS参数。S906, UE1 and UE2 send the updated QoS parameters to the relay UE through an RRC message, and carry the SLRB ID for changing the QoS parameters and the corresponding QoS parameters in the message.
本申请实施例应用于UE-to-UE的场景中,通过指示中继设备为对端UE建立单独的SLRB配置信息,使得中继UE可以在通信过程中监测链路质量,并在链路质量不满足需求时,发出更改请求,从而可以对侧行链路的QoS参数进行更改,继而保证了端到端的传输质量需求。The embodiments of the present application are applied in the UE-to-UE scenario, by instructing the relay device to establish separate SLRB configuration information for the opposite UE, so that the relay UE can monitor the link quality during the communication process, and can monitor the link quality during the communication process. When the requirement is not met, a change request is issued, so that the QoS parameters of the side link can be changed, thereby ensuring the end-to-end transmission quality requirement.
图10示出了本申请实施例的一个终端设备监测QoS的流程示意图。如图10所示,本申请实施例与图7和图8中的申请实施例类似,不同之处在于,本申请实施例是通过终端设备(本申请实施例中为远程UE)对中继设备与远程设备之间的侧行链路的通信质量进行监测,并将监测结果发送给基站,从而使得基站可以在侧行链路的通信质量不满足需求时,可以对侧行链路的QoS参数进行更改,从而保证了端到端的业务需求。FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of a terminal device monitoring QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10 , the embodiment of the present application is similar to the embodiment of the application in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 , the difference is that the embodiment of the present application uses a terminal device (a remote UE in the embodiment of the present application) to communicate with the relay device. Monitor the communication quality of the sidelink with the remote device, and send the monitoring results to the base station, so that the base station can adjust the QoS parameters of the sidelink when the communication quality of the sidelink does not meet the requirements. Changes are made to ensure end-to-end business requirements.
S1001至S1008与图7至图8中的对应步骤相同,本申请实施例在此不做重复赘述。S1001 to S1008 are the same as the corresponding steps in FIG. 7 to FIG. 8 , which are not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
S1009,基站向远程UE发送需要进行QoS监测的QoS流的标识信息和QoS参数信息。具体地,基站根据N2消息中的QoS配置,确定需要进行QoS监测的QFI(例如,GBR或Delay-critical GBR QoS流),并将该QFI对应的QoS配置或需要监测的QoS参数信息发送给远程UE,可选地,基站还可以携带指示信息,指示远程UE对该QFI的数据包进行QoS监测。S1009, the base station sends the identification information and QoS parameter information of the QoS flow that needs to be monitored for QoS to the remote UE. Specifically, the base station determines the QFI (for example, GBR or Delay-critical GBR QoS flow) that needs to be monitored for QoS according to the QoS configuration in the N2 message, and sends the QoS configuration corresponding to the QFI or the QoS parameter information that needs to be monitored to the remote For the UE, optionally, the base station may also carry indication information to instruct the remote UE to perform QoS monitoring on the data packets of the QFI.
应理解,由于基站是在SDAP层对QFI和DRB进行映射,并且,基站与远程UE之间的SDAP层之间是直接相连的,因此,远程UE可以感知到QoS flow粒度,从而可以从QoS flow粒度对侧行链路的通信质量进行监测。It should be understood that since the base station maps QFI and DRB at the SDAP layer, and the SDAP layer between the base station and the remote UE is directly connected, therefore, the remote UE can perceive the QoS flow granularity, so that the QoS flow can be obtained from the QoS flow. The granularity monitors the communication quality of the side link.
S1010至S1013与图7至图8中的对应步骤相同,本申请实施例在此不做重复赘述。S1010 to S1013 are the same as the corresponding steps in FIG. 7 to FIG. 8 , which are not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
S1014,远程UE在接收中继转发基站的数据包时,根据基站的指示,统计QFI对应的数据流可以支持的QoS情况,如GFBR、时延、丢包率等,具体监测过程参见上述实施例的描述。S1014, when the remote UE receives the data packet forwarded by the relay and forwards the base station, according to the instruction of the base station, counts the QoS conditions that can be supported by the data flow corresponding to the QFI, such as GFBR, delay, packet loss rate, etc. For the specific monitoring process, refer to the above embodiment description of.
S1015,当远程UE发现QFI对应的数据流不能支持当前QoS参数时,通过RRC消息向基站发送通知,消息携带QFI标识,QoS参数不能满足指示。可选的,消息中还可以携带当前可以支持的QoS参数,对于Alternative QoS情况,可以指示可以支持的AQP标识。S1015 , when the remote UE finds that the data flow corresponding to the QFI cannot support the current QoS parameter, it sends a notification to the base station through an RRC message, the message carries the QFI identifier, and the QoS parameter cannot satisfy the indication. Optionally, the message may also carry currently supported QoS parameters. For Alternative QoS, it may indicate the supported AQP identifier.
其余步骤与图7至图8中的对应步骤相同,本申请实施例在此不做重复赘述。The remaining steps are the same as the corresponding steps in FIG. 7 to FIG. 8 , and are not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例应用于UE-to-network场景中,通过指示远程UE对侧行链路中的QoS参数进行监测,并在QoS参数不能满足需求时请求更改,从而保证了端到端的传输质量需求。The embodiments of the present application are applied in the UE-to-network scenario, by instructing the remote UE to monitor the QoS parameters in the sidelink, and requesting changes when the QoS parameters cannot meet the requirements, thereby ensuring the end-to-end transmission quality requirements .
图11示出了本申请实施例的另一个终端设备监测QoS的流程示意图。如图11所示,步骤S1101与图9申请实施例中的内容相同,本申请实施例不再做重复赘述。FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of another terminal device monitoring QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , step S1101 is the same as the content in the embodiment of the application in FIG. 9 , which is not repeated in the embodiment of the present application.
S1102,UE1和UE2根据预配置的QoS参数,对需要进行QoS监测的PFI(例如, GBR或Delay-critical GBR QoS Flow)指示对端UE监测对应的数据流。应理解,因为UE1和UE2之间的SDAP层是相通的,所以UE1和UE2之间可以感知到两个UE之间通信链路的PFI粒度。S1102, UE1 and UE2 instruct the peer UE to monitor the corresponding data flow for the PFI (for example, GBR or Delay-critical GBR QoS Flow) that needs to be monitored for QoS according to the preconfigured QoS parameters. It should be understood that because the SDAP layer between UE1 and UE2 is the same, UE1 and UE2 can perceive the PFI granularity of the communication link between the two UEs.
S1103,UE1和UE2在PC5通信过程中对需要进行监测的PFI对应的数据流进行监测,如GFBR、时延、丢包率等。S1103, UE1 and UE2 monitor the data flow corresponding to the PFI that needs to be monitored, such as GFBR, delay, packet loss rate, etc., during the PC5 communication process.
S1104,UE1和UE2判断需要监测的QFI对应的数据流是否满足当前QoS参数要求。S1104, UE1 and UE2 judge whether the data flow corresponding to the QFI to be monitored meets the current QoS parameter requirements.
S1105a,当UE1或UE2发现某个QFI对应的数据流不能支持当前QoS参数时,通过RRC消息向对端UE(UE2或UE1)发送更改请求,消息携带QFI标识,QoS参数不能满足指示。可选的,当前可以支持的QoS参数,对于Alternative QoS情况,可以指示可以支持的AQP标识。S1105a, when UE1 or UE2 finds that the data flow corresponding to a certain QFI cannot support the current QoS parameters, it sends a change request to the opposite UE (UE2 or UE1) through an RRC message, the message carries the QFI identifier, and the QoS parameters cannot meet the indication. Optionally, the currently supported QoS parameters, for the Alternative QoS situation, can indicate the supported AQP identifier.
S1105b,对端UE根据接收到的RRC消息决定断开连接或者更改QoS配置。S1105b, the opposite UE decides to disconnect or change the QoS configuration according to the received RRC message.
S1106,UE1和UE2将更新的QoS参数通过RRC消息发送给对端UE,并在消息中携带更改QoS参数的QFI标识,以及对应的QoS参数。S1106, UE1 and UE2 send the updated QoS parameters to the peer UE through an RRC message, and carry the QFI identifier for changing the QoS parameters and the corresponding QoS parameters in the messages.
本申请实施例应用于UE-to-UE的场景中,通过获取的预配置确定需要进行QoS监测的PFI并进行相应的监测,当监测结果不满足需求时,向对端UE发送更改请求,从而可以保证了端到端的数据传输需求。The embodiment of the present application is applied to the UE-to-UE scenario, and the PFI that needs to be monitored for QoS is determined through the acquired pre-configuration and the corresponding monitoring is performed. When the monitoring result does not meet the requirements, a change request is sent to the opposite UE, thereby End-to-end data transmission requirements can be guaranteed.
图12示出了本申请实施例的一个服务质量QoS的监测装置的示意图,如图12所示,该装置1200包括第一获取模块1210,第一处理模块1220和第一发送模块1230。该装置1200可以用于实现上述任一方法实施例中涉及的第一通信设备的接收、处理以及发送消息的功能。例如,该装置1200可以是中继设备或者终端设备。在装置1200的一种实现方式中,该装置1200包括用于实现前述方法实施例中的任一步骤或操作的单元,该单元可以通过硬件实现,可以通过软件实现,也可以通过硬件结合软件来实现。FIG. 12 shows a schematic diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the apparatus 1200 includes a first acquiring module 1210 , a first processing module 1220 and a first sending module 1230 . The apparatus 1200 may be configured to implement the functions of receiving, processing, and sending messages of the first communication device involved in any of the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the apparatus 1200 may be a relay device or a terminal device. In an implementation manner of the apparatus 1200, the apparatus 1200 includes a unit for implementing any step or operation in the foregoing method embodiments, and the unit may be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware combined with software. accomplish.
该装置1200可以作为第一通信设备对消息进行处理,并执行上述方法实施例中由第一通信设备对请求消息进行处理的步骤。所述第一获取模块1210和第一发送模块1230可用于支持该装置1200进行通信,例如执行图4至图6中由第一通信设备执行的发送/接收的动作,所述第一处理模块1220可用于支持装置1200执行上述方法中的处理动作,例如执行图4至6中由第一通信设备执行的处理动作。具体地,可以参考如下描述:The apparatus 1200 may process the message as the first communication device, and execute the steps of processing the request message by the first communication device in the foregoing method embodiments. The first obtaining module 1210 and the first sending module 1230 can be used to support the apparatus 1200 to communicate, for example, to perform the sending/receiving actions performed by the first communication device in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 , the first processing module 1220 It can be used to support the apparatus 1200 to perform the processing actions in the above-mentioned methods, for example, perform the processing actions performed by the first communication device in FIGS. 4 to 6 . Specifically, refer to the following description:
第一获取模块,用于获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系,所述第一通道用于在中继设备和终端设备之间传输数据;第一处理模块,用于监测所述第一通道的所述QoS参数;所述第一处理模块还用于:确定所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件,第一发送模块,用于在所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件时,发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。The first acquisition module is used to acquire the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameters and the identification information of the first channel, and the first channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the terminal device; the first processing module is used to monitor the QoS parameter of the first channel; the first processing module is further configured to: determine that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition, and the first sending module is configured to send When the QoS parameter of the channel does not meet the preset condition, first information is sent, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet the preset condition.
可选地,所述第一通道包括:侧链路无线承载SLRB、或所述中继设备和所述终端设备之间的无线链路控制链路RLC channel。Optionally, the first channel includes: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link RLC channel between the relay device and the terminal device.
可选地,所述第一获取模块具体用于:接收来自基站的所述第一映射关系。Optionally, the first obtaining module is specifically configured to: receive the first mapping relationship from the base station.
可选地,所述第一获取模块具体用于:接收来自所述基站的第二通道的标识信息与所述QoS参数的第二映射关系,所述第二通道用于在所述中继设备和基站之间传输数据;所述第一处理模块还用于:为所述第二通道分配所述第一通道;建立所述第一映射关系。Optionally, the first acquisition module is specifically configured to: receive a second mapping relationship between the identification information of the second channel of the base station and the QoS parameter, and the second channel is used for the relay device and the base station to transmit data; the first processing module is further configured to: allocate the first channel to the second channel; establish the first mapping relationship.
可选地,所述第一信息包括所述第二通道的标识。Optionally, the first information includes an identifier of the second channel.
可选地,所述第二通道包括:数据无线承载DRB,或所述中继设备和所述基站之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。Optionally, the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
可选地,所述第一发送模块具体用于:向所述基站发送所述第一信息。Optionally, the first sending module is specifically configured to: send the first information to the base station.
可选地,所述第一获取模块具体用于:接收来自所述终端设备的所述QoS参数和QoS流的标识信息的第一映射关系;所述第一处理模块还用于:为所述QoS流的标识信息分配所述第一通道;建立所述第一映射关系。Optionally, the first obtaining module is specifically configured to: receive a first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the QoS flow from the terminal device; the first processing module is further configured to: provide the The identification information of the QoS flow allocates the first channel; and establishes the first mapping relationship.
可选地,所述第一通信设备为所述中继设备。Optionally, the first communication device is the relay device.
可选地,所述第一通道包括QoS流。Optionally, the first channel includes a QoS flow.
可选地,所述第一获取模块还用于:获取指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述装置监测所述第一通道的所述QoS参数。Optionally, the first obtaining module is further configured to: obtain indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the apparatus to monitor the QoS parameter of the first channel.
可选地,所述第一通信设备为所述终端设备,所述第一获取模块具体用于:接收来自基站或对端终端设备的所述第一映射关系,其中,所述装置通过所述中继设备与所述对端终端设备进行通信。Optionally, the first communication device is the terminal device, and the first acquisition module is specifically configured to: receive the first mapping relationship from the base station or the opposite terminal device, wherein the device obtains the first mapping relationship through the The relay device communicates with the opposite terminal device.
可选地,所述第一信息还包括所述第一通道的标识信息。Optionally, the first information further includes identification information of the first channel.
可选地,所述第一发送模块具体用于:向基站发送所述第一信息,或者,向所述对端终端设备发送所述第一信息。Optionally, the first sending module is specifically configured to: send the first information to the base station, or send the first information to the opposite terminal device.
可选地,所述第一信息包括不满足所述预设条件时,所述第一通道的所述QoS参数的值。Optionally, the first information includes the value of the QoS parameter of the first channel when the preset condition is not met.
可选地,所述QoS参数包括可选QoS配置AQP信息。Optionally, the QoS parameters include optional QoS configuration AQP information.
可选地,所述第一发送模块具体用于:发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一信息,所述第一消息用于指示更改所述第一通道的QoS配置。Optionally, the first sending module is specifically configured to: send a first message, where the first message includes the first information, and the first message is used to instruct to change the QoS configuration of the first channel.
图13示出了本申请实施例的另一个服务质量QoS的监测装置的示意图,如图13所示,该装置1300包括第二发送模块1310和第二接收模块1320。该装置1300可以用于实现上述任一方法实施例中涉及的第二通信设备的接收、处理以及发送消息的功能。例如,该装置1300可以是基站或目标UE。在装置1300的一种实现方式中,该装置1300包括用于实现前述方法实施例中的任一步骤或操作的单元,该单元可以通过硬件实现,可以通过软件实现,也可以通过硬件结合软件来实现。FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of another apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , the apparatus 1300 includes a second sending module 1310 and a second receiving module 1320 . The apparatus 1300 may be used to implement the functions of receiving, processing and sending messages of the second communication device involved in any of the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the apparatus 1300 may be a base station or a target UE. In an implementation manner of the apparatus 1300, the apparatus 1300 includes a unit for implementing any step or operation in the foregoing method embodiments, the unit may be implemented by hardware, may be implemented by software, or may be implemented by combining hardware with software accomplish.
该装置1300可以作为第二通信设备对消息进行处理,并执行上述方法实施例中由第二通信设备对消息进行处理的步骤。所述第二发送模块1310和第二接收模块1320可用于支持该装置1300进行通信,例如执行图4至图6中由第一中继设备执行的发送/接收的动作,可选地,装置1300还可以包括所述第二获取模块,可用于支持装置1300执行上述方法中的获取动作,例如执行图4至6中由第二通信设备执行的处理动作。具体地,可以参考如下描述:The apparatus 1300 may process the message as the second communication device, and execute the steps of processing the message by the second communication device in the foregoing method embodiments. The second sending module 1310 and the second receiving module 1320 can be used to support the apparatus 1300 to communicate, for example, perform the sending/receiving actions performed by the first relay device in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 , optionally, the apparatus 1300 The second obtaining module may also be included, which may be configured to support the apparatus 1300 to perform the obtaining action in the above method, for example, execute the processing action executed by the second communication device in FIGS. 4 to 6 . Specifically, refer to the following description:
第二发送模块,用于发送QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系,所述第一通道用于在中继设备和终端设备之间传输数据;第二接收模块,用于备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。The second sending module is used to send the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel, and the first channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the terminal device; the second receiving module is used to prepare Receive first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition.
可选地,所述第一通道包括:侧链路无线承载SLRB、或所述中继设备和所述终端设备之间的无线链路控制链路RLC channel。Optionally, the first channel includes: a side link radio bearer SLRB, or a radio link control link RLC channel between the relay device and the terminal device.
可选地,所述装置还包括:第二获取模块,用于获取第二通道的标识信息,所述第二 通道用于在所述中继设备和所述基站之间传输数据;第二处理模块,用于为所述第二通道分配所述第一通道;所述第二处理模块还用于:建立所述第一映射关系。Optionally, the apparatus further includes: a second obtaining module, configured to obtain identification information of a second channel, where the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station; the second processing The module is configured to allocate the first channel to the second channel; the second processing module is further configured to: establish the first mapping relationship.
可选地,所述第二通道包括:数据无线承载DRB,或所述中继设备和所述基站之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。Optionally, the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
可选地,所述第二接收模块具体用于:接收来自所述中继设备的所述第一信息。Optionally, the second receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the first information from the relay device.
可选地,所述第一通道包括QoS流。Optionally, the first channel includes a QoS flow.
可选地,所述第二接收模块具体用于:接收来自所述终端设备或所述中继设备的所述第一信息。Optionally, the second receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the first information from the terminal device or the relay device.
可选地,所述第二发送模块还用于:向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一通信设备监测所述第一通道的所述QoS参数。Optionally, the second sending module is further configured to: send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to monitor the QoS parameter of the first channel.
图14示出了本申请实施例的另一个服务质量QoS的监测装置的示意图,如图14所示,该装置1400包括第三发送模块1410,第三接收模块1420。该装置1400可以用于实现上述任一方法实施例中涉及的第三通信设备的接收、处理以及发送消息的功能。例如,该装置1400可以是第三通信设备或者基站。在装置1400的一种实现方式中,该装置1400包括用于实现前述方法实施例中的任一步骤或操作的单元,该单元可以通过硬件实现,可以通过软件实现,也可以通过硬件结合软件来实现。FIG. 14 shows a schematic diagram of another apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the apparatus 1400 includes a third sending module 1410 and a third receiving module 1420 . The apparatus 1400 may be used to implement the functions of receiving, processing, and sending messages of the third communication device involved in any of the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the apparatus 1400 may be a third communication device or a base station. In an implementation manner of the apparatus 1400, the apparatus 1400 includes a unit for implementing any step or operation in the foregoing method embodiments, and the unit may be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware combined with software. accomplish.
该装置1400可以作为第三通信设备对消息进行处理,并执行上述方法实施例中由第三通信设备对消息进行处理的步骤。所述第三发送模块1410和第三接收模块1420可用于支持该装置1400进行通信,例如执行图4至图6中由第二终端设备执行的发送/接收的动作。具体地,可以参考如下描述:The apparatus 1400 may process the message as the third communication device, and execute the steps of processing the message by the third communication device in the foregoing method embodiments. The third sending module 1410 and the third receiving module 1420 can be used to support the apparatus 1400 to communicate, for example, to perform the sending/receiving actions performed by the second terminal device in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 . Specifically, refer to the following description:
第三发送模块,用于发送QoS参数与第二通道的标识信息的第二映射关系,所述第二通道用于在中继设备和基站之间传输数据;第三接收模块,用于接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第二通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。The third sending module is used to send the second mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the second channel, and the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station; the third receiving module is used to receive the first A piece of information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the second channel does not meet a preset condition.
可选地,所述第二通道包括:数据无线承载DRB,或所述中继设备和所述基站之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。Optionally, the second channel includes: a data radio bearer DRB, or a radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
可选地,所述第三接收模块具体用于:从所述中继设备接收所述第一信息。Optionally, the third receiving module is specifically configured to: receive the first information from the relay device.
可选地,所述装置为所述基站。Optionally, the apparatus is the base station.
图15示出了本申请实施例的一种服务质量QoS的监测装置的一个结构示意图。该通信装置1500可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的关于第一通信设备的方法。该通信装置1500可以是芯片。FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus 1500 can be used to implement the method related to the first communication device described in the above method embodiments. The communication device 1500 may be a chip.
通信装置1500包括一个或多个处理器1501,该一个或多个处理器1501可支持通信装置1500实现图4至图6中的通信方法。处理器1501可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器。例如,处理器1501可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或基带处理器。基带处理器可以用于处理通信数据,CPU可以用于对通信装置(例如,网络设备、终端设备或芯片)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。通信装置1500还可以包括收发单元1505,用以实现信号的输入(接收)和输出(发送)。The communication device 1500 includes one or more processors 1501 that can support the communication device 1500 to implement the communication methods in FIGS. 4 to 6 . The processor 1501 may be a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor. For example, the processor 1501 may be a central processing unit (CPU) or a baseband processor. The baseband processor may be used to process communication data, and the CPU may be used to control communication devices (eg, network equipment, terminal equipment, or chips), execute software programs, and process data of software programs. The communication device 1500 may further include a transceiving unit 1505 for implementing signal input (reception) and output (transmission).
例如,通信装置1500可以是芯片,收发单元1505可以是该芯片的输入和/或输出电路,或者,收发单元1505可以是该芯片的通信接口,该芯片可以作为终端设备或网络设备或其它无线通信设备的组成部分。For example, the communication device 1500 may be a chip, and the transceiver unit 1505 may be an input and/or output circuit of the chip, or the transceiver unit 1505 may be a communication interface of the chip, and the chip may serve as a terminal device or a network device or other wireless communication components of the device.
通信装置1500中可以包括一个或多个存储器1502,其上存有程序1504,程序1504可被处理器1501运行,生成指令1503,使得处理器1501根据指令1503执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选地,存储器1502中还可以存储有数据。可选地,处理器1501还可以读取存储器1502中存储的数据,该数据可以与程序1504存储在相同的存储地址,该数据也可以与程序1504存储在不同的存储地址。The communication device 1500 may include one or more memories 1502 on which a program 1504 is stored. The program 1504 can be executed by the processor 1501 to generate instructions 1503, so that the processor 1501 executes the methods described in the above method embodiments according to the instructions 1503. Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory 1502 . Optionally, the processor 1501 may also read data stored in the memory 1502 , the data may be stored at the same storage address as the program 1504 , or the data may be stored at a different storage address from the program 1504 .
处理器1501和存储器1502可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起,例如,集成在单板或者系统级芯片(system on chip,SOC)上。The processor 1501 and the memory 1502 may be provided separately or integrated together, for example, integrated on a single board or a system on chip (system on chip, SOC).
该通信装置1500还可以包括收发单元1505以及天线1506。收发单元1505可以称为收发机、收发电路或者收发器,用于通过天线1506实现通信装置的收发功能。The communication device 1500 may further include a transceiver unit 1505 and an antenna 1506 . The transceiver unit 1505 may be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit or a transceiver, and is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device through the antenna 1506 .
应理解,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器1501中的硬件形式的逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。处理器1501可以是CPU、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件,例如,分立门、晶体管逻辑器件或分立硬件组件。It should be understood that, the steps of the above method embodiments may be implemented by logic circuits in the form of hardware or instructions in the form of software in the processor 1501 . The processor 1501 may be a CPU, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices , for example, discrete gates, transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components.
图16示出了本申请实施例的一种服务质量QoS的监测装置的另一个结构示意图。该通信装置1600可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的关于第二通信设备的方法。该通信装置1600可以是芯片。FIG. 16 shows another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus 1600 can be used to implement the method for the second communication device described in the above method embodiments. The communication device 1600 may be a chip.
通信装置1600包括一个或多个处理器1601,该一个或多个处理器1601可支持通信装置1600实现图4至图6中的通信方法。处理器1601可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器。例如,处理器1601可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或基带处理器。基带处理器可以用于处理通信数据,CPU可以用于对通信装置(例如,网络设备、终端设备或芯片)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。通信装置1600还可以包括收发单元1605,用以实现信号的输入(接收)和输出(发送)。The communication device 1600 includes one or more processors 1601 that can support the communication device 1600 to implement the communication methods in FIGS. 4 to 6 . The processor 1601 may be a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor. For example, the processor 1601 may be a central processing unit (CPU) or a baseband processor. The baseband processor may be used to process communication data, and the CPU may be used to control communication devices (eg, network equipment, terminal equipment, or chips), execute software programs, and process data of software programs. The communication device 1600 may further include a transceiving unit 1605 to implement signal input (reception) and output (transmission).
例如,通信装置1600可以是芯片,收发单元1605可以是该芯片的输入和/或输出电路,或者,收发单元1605可以是该芯片的通信接口,该芯片可以作为终端设备或网络设备或其它无线通信设备的组成部分。For example, the communication device 1600 may be a chip, and the transceiver unit 1605 may be an input and/or output circuit of the chip, or the transceiver unit 1605 may be a communication interface of the chip, and the chip may serve as a terminal device or a network device or other wireless communication components of the device.
通信装置1600中可以包括一个或多个存储器1602,其上存有程序1604,程序1604可被处理器1601运行,生成指令1603,使得处理器1601根据指令1603执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选地,存储器1602中还可以存储有数据。可选地,处理器1601还可以读取存储器1602中存储的数据,该数据可以与程序1604存储在相同的存储地址,该数据也可以与程序1604存储在不同的存储地址。The communication device 1600 may include one or more memories 1602 on which a program 1604 is stored. The program 1604 can be executed by the processor 1601 to generate instructions 1603, so that the processor 1601 executes the methods described in the above method embodiments according to the instructions 1603. Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory 1602 . Optionally, the processor 1601 may also read data stored in the memory 1602 , the data may be stored at the same storage address as the program 1604 , or the data may be stored at a different storage address from the program 1604 .
处理器1601和存储器1602可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起,例如,集成在单板或者系统级芯片(system on chip,SOC)上。The processor 1601 and the memory 1602 can be provided separately, or can be integrated together, for example, integrated on a single board or a system on chip (system on chip, SOC).
该通信装置1600还可以包括收发单元1605以及天线1606。收发单元1605可以称为收发机、收发电路或者收发器,用于通过天线1606实现通信装置的收发功能。The communication device 1600 may further include a transceiver unit 1605 and an antenna 1606 . The transceiver unit 1605 may be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit or a transceiver, and is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device through the antenna 1606 .
应理解,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器1601中的硬件形式的逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。处理器1601可以是CPU、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件,例如,分立门、晶体 管逻辑器件或分立硬件组件。It should be understood that, the steps in the above method embodiments may be implemented by logic circuits in the form of hardware or instructions in the form of software in the processor 1601 . The processor 1601 may be a CPU, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices , for example, discrete gates, transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components.
图17示出了本申请实施例的一种服务质量QoS的监测装置的一个结构示意图。该通信装置1700可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的关于第三通信设备的方法。该通信装置1700可以是芯片。FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for monitoring quality of service QoS according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus 1700 can be used to implement the method for the third communication device described in the above method embodiments. The communication device 1700 may be a chip.
通信装置1700包括一个或多个处理器1701,该一个或多个处理器1701可支持通信装置1700实现图4至图6中的通信方法。处理器1701可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器。例如,处理器1701可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或基带处理器。基带处理器可以用于处理通信数据,CPU可以用于对通信装置(例如,网络设备、终端设备或芯片)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。通信装置1700还可以包括收发单元1705,用以实现信号的输入(接收)和输出(发送)。The communication device 1700 includes one or more processors 1701 that can support the communication device 1700 to implement the communication methods in FIGS. 4 to 6 . The processor 1701 may be a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor. For example, the processor 1701 may be a central processing unit (CPU) or a baseband processor. The baseband processor may be used to process communication data, and the CPU may be used to control communication devices (eg, network equipment, terminal equipment, or chips), execute software programs, and process data of software programs. The communication device 1700 may further include a transceiving unit 1705 to implement signal input (reception) and output (transmission).
例如,通信装置1700可以是芯片,收发单元1705可以是该芯片的输入和/或输出电路,或者,收发单元1705可以是该芯片的通信接口,该芯片可以作为终端设备或网络设备或其它无线通信设备的组成部分。For example, the communication device 1700 may be a chip, and the transceiver unit 1705 may be an input and/or output circuit of the chip, or the transceiver unit 1705 may be a communication interface of the chip, and the chip may serve as a terminal device or a network device or other wireless communication components of the device.
通信装置1700中可以包括一个或多个存储器1702,其上存有程序1704,程序1704可被处理器1701运行,生成指令1703,使得处理器1701根据指令1703执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选地,存储器1702中还可以存储有数据。可选地,处理器1701还可以读取存储器1702中存储的数据,该数据可以与程序1704存储在相同的存储地址,该数据也可以与程序1704存储在不同的存储地址。The communication device 1700 may include one or more memories 1702 on which a program 1704 is stored. The program 1704 can be executed by the processor 1701 to generate instructions 1703, so that the processor 1701 executes the methods described in the above method embodiments according to the instructions 1703. Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory 1702 . Optionally, the processor 1701 may also read data stored in the memory 1702 , the data may be stored at the same storage address as the program 1704 , or the data may be stored at a different storage address from the program 1704 .
处理器1701和存储器1702可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起,例如,集成在单板或者系统级芯片(system on chip,SOC)上。The processor 1701 and the memory 1702 can be provided separately, or can be integrated together, for example, integrated on a single board or a system on chip (system on chip, SOC).
该通信装置1700还可以包括收发单元1705。收发单元1705可以称为收发机、收发电路或者收发器。The communication device 1700 may further include a transceiver unit 1705 . The transceiver unit 1705 may be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver.
应理解,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器1701中的硬件形式的逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。处理器1701可以是CPU、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件,例如,分立门、晶体管逻辑器件或分立硬件组件。It should be understood that, the steps in the above method embodiments may be implemented by logic circuits in the form of hardware or instructions in the form of software in the processor 1701 . The processor 1701 may be a CPU, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices , for example, discrete gates, transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the modules is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
本申请实施例中的方法,如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案或技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。该存储介质至少包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护 范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。If the methods in the embodiments of the present application are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions or technical solutions of the present application are A part may be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, and includes several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute the various embodiments of the present application. all or part of the steps of the method. The storage medium at least includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes. The above are only specific implementations of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (29)

  1. 一种服务质量QoS的监测方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for monitoring quality of service (QoS), comprising:
    第一通信设备获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系,所述第一通道用于在中继设备和终端设备之间传输数据;The first communication device acquires a first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel, where the first channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the terminal device;
    所述第一通信设备监测所述第一通道的所述QoS参数;The first communication device monitors the QoS parameter of the first channel;
    所述第一通信设备确定所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件时,发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。When the first communication device determines that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet the preset condition, it sends first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet the preset condition. Set conditions.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通道包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the first channel comprises:
    侧链路无线承载SLRB、或所述中继设备和所述终端设备之间的无线链路控制链路RLC channel。The side link radio bearer SLRB, or the radio link control link RLC channel between the relay device and the terminal device.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the acquiring the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel comprises:
    所述第一通信设备接收来自基站的所述第一映射关系。The first communication device receives the first mapping relationship from the base station.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the acquiring the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel comprises:
    所述第一通信设备接收来自所述基站的第二通道的标识信息与所述QoS参数的第二映射关系,所述第二通道用于在所述中继设备和基站之间传输数据;receiving, by the first communication device, a second mapping relationship between the identification information of the second channel of the base station and the QoS parameter, where the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station;
    所述第一通信设备为所述第二通道分配所述第一通道;assigning the first channel to the second channel by the first communication device;
    所述第一通信设备建立所述第一映射关系。The first communication device establishes the first mapping relationship.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述第二通道的标识。The method of claim 4, wherein the first information includes an identifier of the second channel.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二通道包括:The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the second channel comprises:
    数据无线承载DRB,或所述中继设备和所述基站之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。The data radio bearer DRB, or the radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
  7. 根据权利要求3-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送第一信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 3-6, wherein the sending the first information comprises:
    所述第一通信设备向所述基站发送所述第一信息。The first communication device sends the first information to the base station.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the acquiring the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel comprises:
    所述第一通信设备接收来自终端设备的所述QoS参数和QoS流的标识信息的第一映射关系;The first communication device receives the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the QoS flow from the terminal device;
    所述第一通信设备为所述QoS流的标识信息分配所述第一通道;The first communication device allocates the first channel for the identification information of the QoS flow;
    所述第一通信设备建立所述第一映射关系。The first communication device establishes the first mapping relationship.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信设备为所述中继设备。The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the first communication device is the relay device.
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通道包括QoS流。The method of claim 1, wherein the first channel comprises a QoS flow.
  11. 根据权利要求2或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2 or 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信设备获取指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一通信设备监测所述 第一通道的所述QoS参数。The first communication device acquires indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to monitor the QoS parameter of the first channel.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信设备为所述终端设备,所述获取QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系包括:The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the first communication device is the terminal device, and the acquiring the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel comprises:
    所述第一通信设备接收来自基站或对端终端设备的所述第一映射关系,其中,所述第一通信设备通过所述中继设备与所述对端终端设备进行通信。The first communication device receives the first mapping relationship from the base station or the opposite terminal device, wherein the first communication device communicates with the opposite terminal device through the relay device.
  13. 根据权利要求10-12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括所述第一通道的标识信息。The method according to any one of claims 10-12, wherein the first information further includes identification information of the first channel.
  14. 根据权利要求10-13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送第一信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 10-13, wherein the sending the first information comprises:
    所述第一通信设备向基站发送所述第一信息,或者,The first communication device sends the first information to the base station, or,
    所述第一通信设备向所述对端终端设备发送所述第一信息。The first communication device sends the first information to the opposite terminal device.
  15. 根据权利要求1-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括不满足所述预设条件时,所述第一通道的所述QoS参数的值。The method according to any one of claims 1-14, wherein the first information includes a value of the QoS parameter of the first channel when the preset condition is not satisfied.
  16. 根据权利要求1-15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述QoS参数包括可选QoS配置AQP信息。The method according to any one of claims 1-15, wherein the QoS parameters include optional QoS configuration AQP information.
  17. 根据权利要求1-16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送第一信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-16, wherein the sending the first information comprises:
    所述第一通信设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一信息,所述第一消息用于指示更改所述第一通道的QoS配置。The first communication device sends a first message, where the first message includes the first information, and the first message is used to instruct to change the QoS configuration of the first channel.
  18. 一种服务质量QoS的监测方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for monitoring quality of service (QoS), comprising:
    第二通信设备发送QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系,所述第一通道用于在中继设备和终端设备之间传输数据;The second communication device sends a first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel, where the first channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the terminal device;
    所述第二通信设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一通道的所述QoS参数不满足预设条件。The second communication device receives first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the QoS parameter of the first channel does not meet a preset condition.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通道包括:The method of claim 18, wherein the first channel comprises:
    侧链路无线承载SLRB、或所述中继设备和所述终端设备之间的无线链路控制链路RLC channel。The side link radio bearer SLRB, or the radio link control link RLC channel between the relay device and the terminal device.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法其特征在于,所述第二通信设备发送QoS参数与第一通道的标识信息的第一映射关系之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18 or 19, wherein before the second communication device sends the first mapping relationship between the QoS parameter and the identification information of the first channel, the method further comprises:
    所述第二通信设备获取第二通道的标识信息,所述第二通道用于在所述中继设备和所述基站之间传输数据;obtaining, by the second communication device, identification information of a second channel, where the second channel is used to transmit data between the relay device and the base station;
    所述第二通信设备为所述第二通道分配所述第一通道;assigning the first channel to the second channel by the second communication device;
    所述第二通信设备建立所述第一映射关系。The second communication device establishes the first mapping relationship.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二通道包括:The method of claim 20, wherein the second channel comprises:
    数据无线承载DRB,或所述中继设备和所述基站之间的无线链路层控制通道RLC channel。The data radio bearer DRB, or the radio link layer control channel RLC channel between the relay device and the base station.
  22. 根据权利要求18-21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二通信设备接收第一信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 18-21, wherein the receiving, by the second communication device, the first information comprises:
    所述第二通信设备接收来自所述中继设备的所述第一信息。The second communication device receives the first information from the relay device.
  23. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通道包括QoS流。19. The method of claim 18, wherein the first channel comprises a QoS flow.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二通信设备接收第一信息包 括:The method according to claim 23, wherein receiving the first information by the second communication device comprises:
    所述第二通信设备接收来自所述终端设备或所述中继设备的所述第一信息。The second communication device receives the first information from the terminal device or the relay device.
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二通信设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一通信设备监测所述第一通道的所述QoS参数。The method according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the second communication device sends indication information to the terminal device, and the indication information is used to instruct the first communication device to monitor the first channel. the QoS parameters.
  26. 一种通讯装置,其特征在于,所述装置用于执行权利要求1-17中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that, the device is used to execute the method of any one of claims 1-17.
  27. 一种通讯装置,其特征在于,所述装置用于执行权利要求18-25中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the device is used to execute the method of any one of claims 18-25.
  28. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读介质存储用于设备执行的计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括用于执行如权利要求1-25中任一项所述的方法的程序指令。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable medium stores a computer program for execution by a device, the computer program comprising a method for performing the method according to any one of claims 1-25 program instructions.
  29. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片包括处理器与数据接口,所述处理器通过所述数据接口读取存储器上存储的程序指令,以执行如权利要求1-25中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip includes a processor and a data interface, and the processor reads program instructions stored on a memory through the data interface, so as to execute the program described in any one of claims 1-25 Methods.
PCT/CN2021/116152 2020-09-10 2021-09-02 Quality of service (qos) monitoring method WO2022052851A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010945243.8 2020-09-10
CN202010945243.8A CN114173368A (en) 2020-09-10 2020-09-10 Method for monitoring QoS

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022052851A1 true WO2022052851A1 (en) 2022-03-17

Family

ID=80475565

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/116152 WO2022052851A1 (en) 2020-09-10 2021-09-02 Quality of service (qos) monitoring method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114173368A (en)
WO (1) WO2022052851A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023185608A1 (en) * 2022-03-28 2023-10-05 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and communication apparatus

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117255384A (en) * 2022-06-09 2023-12-19 维沃移动通信有限公司 Relay communication method, device and terminal
CN117560737A (en) * 2022-08-04 2024-02-13 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200045559A1 (en) * 2018-08-03 2020-02-06 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting and receiving signals related to qos prediction in a wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
CN111278050A (en) * 2019-07-24 2020-06-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource allocation method, information transmission method and related equipment
CN111328140A (en) * 2018-12-14 2020-06-23 华为技术有限公司 Side-chain communication method and device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200045559A1 (en) * 2018-08-03 2020-02-06 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting and receiving signals related to qos prediction in a wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
CN111328140A (en) * 2018-12-14 2020-06-23 华为技术有限公司 Side-chain communication method and device
CN111278050A (en) * 2019-07-24 2020-06-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource allocation method, information transmission method and related equipment

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
SAMSUNG: "KI#3, New Sol: QoS handling for Remote UE", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2003786, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Elbonia; 20200601 - 20200612, 22 May 2020 (2020-05-22), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051889810 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023185608A1 (en) * 2022-03-28 2023-10-05 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and communication apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114173368A (en) 2022-03-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3479647B1 (en) Method for establishing a fronthaul interface and base station
US9986447B2 (en) User equipment and protocol and methods for device-to-device communication
US9635530B2 (en) User equipment (UE) supporting packet-switched emergency calls over IP multimedia subsystem (IMS)
JP7043506B2 (en) Multi-technology aggregation architecture for long-term evolution communication systems
KR20230003065A (en) Bearer configuration method and device, context information management method and device, release method and device, facility
WO2022052851A1 (en) Quality of service (qos) monitoring method
US10506644B2 (en) Radio access network device, data processing method, and IP packet processing method
JP7290193B2 (en) Wireless terminal and method in wireless terminal
WO2022033558A1 (en) Relay management method and communication apparatus
WO2022033543A1 (en) Relay communication method, and communication apparatus
US20230239940A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
CN113938840A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2022161148A1 (en) Quality of service control method and apparatus
JP2019071505A (en) Control station device, communication method, and communication system
CN115699816A (en) Method for sidelink relay communication under dual connectivity
EP3852481A1 (en) Mode switching method and data stream distribution method and apparatus
JP7095977B2 (en) Terminal equipment, base station equipment, and methods
WO2023011004A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN112470544A (en) Terminal device, base station device, and method
WO2016029409A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
CN116982346A (en) Method and apparatus for rate control
WO2023142981A1 (en) Communication method and related device
WO2022047749A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
JP2023082208A (en) Terminal device, base station device, and method
JP2022118227A (en) Terminal device, base station device, and method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21865905

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21865905

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1